Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Income / Norcros Plc

Norcros Plc

nxr · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker nxr
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Income
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Norcros Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Norcros plc
Annual report and accounts 2019

N

o

r

c

r

o

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
Norcros is a market leading supplier 
of high quality and innovative 
bathroom and kitchen products.

We have seven complementary UK businesses: Triton Showers, 
Merlyn, Vado, Croydex, Abode, Johnson Tiles and Norcros 
Adhesives, and four complementary businesses in South Africa: 
Tile Africa, Johnson Tiles South Africa, TAL and House of Plumbing.

UK portfolio

Our businesses have a long, successful track record of serving 
consumers, architects, designers, retailers and wholesalers. 
Our emphasis is on innovation, quality and service combined 
with a strong understanding of our customers’ needs. 

We aim to use our strong brands, our innovative products and 
our leading market positions to drive investment returns and 
shareholder value.

Pictured Abode: newly launched Hex, a range of mixer taps in a variety of configurations 
and finishes, for the growing trend of industrial elements and dark colourways.

Strategic report

01  Highlights

02  At a glance

04  Chairman’s statement

06  Group Chief Executive’s statement

08  Business model

10  Strategy and objectives

11  Key performance indicators

12  Business performance

13  UK business review

19  South Africa business review

21  Group Finance Director’s report

26  Principal risks and uncertainties

31  Viability statement

32  Corporate responsibility and sustainability

Corporate governance

36  Board of Directors

38  Corporate governance

42  Audit and Risk Committee report

47  Nominations Committee report

48 

 Remuneration Committee  
annual statement 2019

50  Directors’ remuneration policy report

57  Annual report on remuneration

65  Directors’ report

67  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial statements

68 

Independent auditors’ report

74  Consolidated income statement

75 

 Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

76  Consolidated balance sheet

77  Consolidated cash flow statement

78  Consolidated statement of changes in equity

79  Notes to the Group accounts

105  Parent Company balance sheet

106   Parent Company statement of 

changes in equity

107  Notes to the Parent Company accounts

111  Notice of Annual General Meeting

115  Explanatory notes

Further information and investor updates can 
be found on our website at www.norcros.com

Highlights

•  Tenth consecutive year of growth

•  Underlying operating profit up 

25.5% at £34.4m (2018: £27.4m)

•  Group operating profit was 

£25.1m (2018: £19.6m)

•  Underlying ROCE at 18.2%  

(2018: 18.0%)

•  Full year dividend increased by 

7.7% to 8.4p

•  Strong cash generation – net debt 

reduced by £12.1m to £35.0m

•  Acquisition of House of Plumbing 

completed on 1 April 2019

•  Group strategy – strong progress

Total revenue £m

£331.0m +10.3%

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

331.0

300.1

271.2

235.9

222.1

Underlying operating profit £m

£34.4m +25.5%

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

34.4

27.4

23.8

21.3

17.0

Dividend per share p

8.4p +7.7%

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

8.4

7.8

7.2

6.6

5.6

South African portfolio

™

At a glance

Our portfolio of brands is well established, 
with leading market positions.

UK

In the UK we offer a wide range 
of quality bathroom and kitchen 
products both for domestic 
and commercial applications. 
Our portfolio of businesses 
is well established, services 
a broad customer base and 
benefits from leading market 
positions and strong brands.

Manufacturer and distributor of electric 
and mixer showers and accessories

The UK and Ireland’s no. 1 supplier of shower 
enclosures and trays to the residential, 
commercial and hospitality sectors

Manufacturer and distributor of taps, mixer 
showers, bathroom accessories and valves

A market leading, innovative designer, 
manufacturer and distributor of high quality 
bathroom furnishings and accessories

A leading niche designer and distributor 
of high quality kitchen taps, bathroom taps 
and kitchen sinks

Read more about our UK businesses 
on pages 13 to 18

The leading manufacturer and distributor 
of ceramic wall and floor tiles

Manufacturer of tile and stone adhesives 
and ancillary products

02

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Strategic reportSOUTH AFRICA

Our complementary businesses in 
South Africa operate principally 
from a shared manufacturing 
and administrative site near 
Johannesburg, allowing them 
to maximise operational, 
revenue and cost synergies.

™

A leading retailer of local and international 
tiles and associated bathroom 
and kitchen products

A leading manufacturer and distributor 
of ceramic wall and floor tiles

Leading manufacturer of tile adhesives, 
pourable floor coverings and tiling tools

A market leading supplier of specialist 
plumbing materials, focused on the 
specification and commercial segments 
of the market

Read more about our South African 
businesses on pages 19 and 20

Acquisition of 
House of Plumbing 

APRIL 2019

•  House of Plumbing has 

successfully supplied major 
projects throughout South Africa 
and neighbouring African 
countries, such as Angola, 
Zimbabwe, Mozambique, Zambia 
and Swaziland, since 2008

•  Its projects cover industrial, 
commercial and residential 
applications

•  Long-standing customers 

throughout the building industry 
rely on House of Plumbing’s 
experience and deep knowledge 
of the products they supply

•  They have an extensive range of 

stock items and an efficient, reliable 
and on-time delivery service

Read more in the Chief Executive’s 
Statement on pages 6 and 7

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

03

Strategic reportChairman’s statement

Norcros has recorded 
another year of growth 
reflecting the resilience of 
the Group’s business model.

This is a testament to the 
management team, the 
strategy and its highly 
successful execution.”

Overview
I am delighted to announce that Norcros has recorded another 
year of growth despite the uncertain economic and political 
backdrop in our two main markets. This reflects the resilience 
of the Group’s business model and the success of our acquisition 
strategy. It also represents the Group’s tenth consecutive year 
of revenue and underlying operating profit growth, which is a 
testament to the management team, the strategy and its highly 
successful execution. 

Group revenue for the year was £331.0m, 10.3% higher than the 
prior year on a reported basis, 11.6% higher on a constant currency 
basis and 2.3% higher on a like for like constant currency basis. 
Underlying operating profit at £34.4m was 25.5% higher than the 
prior year, mainly reflecting the full-year contribution from Merlyn, 
the return to profitability of Johnson Tiles UK after the restructuring 
implemented in April 2018 and the strong performance at Triton. 
This has resulted in a 7.5% increase in underlying diluted earnings 
per share to 31.7p (2018: 29.5p).

Acquisition of House of Plumbing
The Group announced on 16 January 2019 its acquisition in 
South Africa of the House of Plumbing business which completed 
on 1 April 2019 for a total consideration of up to ZAR 215m 
(approximately £12.1m). The acquisition, funded entirely from 
local cash resources and existing facilities, is a further step in the 
Group’s strategy to expand its bathroom product portfolio and 
follows on from a number of successful acquisitions, most recently 
that of Merlyn, which performed strongly in the year. House of 
Plumbing offers a range of complementary products and further 
reinforces the Group’s strong positions in the commercial and 
specification segments of the market and will benefit from the 
additional distribution channels, procurement experience and 
strong financial position of the enlarged Group. 

Brexit
The impact of Brexit on the Group remains an important short-term 
consideration for our businesses with potential consequences 
ranging from increases in cost prices, additional tariffs, lower 
consumer confidence levels and supply chain disruption. We have 
identified specific risks relevant to our business and prepared 
mitigation plans which are well developed. However, at this stage, 
whilst we are prepared, the high level of uncertainty of both the 
financial and political implications of Brexit make the success 
of mitigation activities difficult to predict. 

Dividend
The Board is recommending a final dividend for the year of 5.6p 
(2018: 5.2p) per share. When combined with the interim dividend 
of 2.8p (2018: 2.6p) per share, which was paid on 11 January 2019, 
this will make a total dividend for the year of 8.4p (2018: 7.8p) per 
share, a 7.7% increase on the previous year.

Pension scheme
The net deficit relating to our UK defined benefit pension 
scheme (as calculated under IAS 19R) has reduced to £31.6m at 
31 March 2019 from £48.0m at 31 March 2018, primarily due to the 
impact of the actual mortality rates experienced in the scheme.

We have reached agreement with the pension scheme Trustee 
on the 2018 actuarial valuation and on a new recovery plan. 
The actuarial deficit at 1 April 2018 was £49.3m (2015: £73.5m) 
and contributions of £3.25m per annum plus CPI will be payable 
for the 6.5 years to 30 September 2025. The Company and the 
Trustee regard this as an appropriate outcome. We remain confident 
that our pension obligations continue to be appropriately funded 
and well managed.

Background pattern: Johnson Tiles – Gill (Design Archive, 1971).

Strategic reportVADO CASE STUDY

Governance
As Chairman, one of my primary responsibilities is to ensure 
that the Group operates to the highest standards in all 
aspects of governance and risk management. Our aim at 
Norcros is to manage a growing business effectively, while 
ensuring that proper operating procedures and internal 
controls are maintained at all times. Transparency is central 
to this objective and you will find more detail about our 
approach and progress over the last year in the Corporate 
Governance section on pages 38 to 41.

People
We regard our employees as our most valuable asset and in 
recognition of this the Group aims to create an environment in 
which they can see their careers develop. On behalf of the Board 
I would like to once more thank the Group’s employees who have 
helped to deliver upon the Group’s strategic objectives and in 
particular for their dedication and contribution over the last twelve 
months. I would also like to welcome the management team and 
employees of the House of Plumbing business to the Group.

Strategy 
The Group refreshed its “strategy for growth” at its successful 
Analyst and Investor Day in April 2018 and launched the next phase 
of its development, targeting further growth as part of its 2023 
vision. This included an update of our strategic targets which are 
set out in the Group Chief Executive’s statement. I am pleased to 
report that we have made good progress against these targets in 
the year.

The Board believes that our focus on our 2023 vision of being 
a leading supplier of bathroom and kitchen products in selected 
geographies, offering strong brands, contemporary designs 
with a reputation for quality, outstanding service and innovation 
will continue to deliver improved and sustainable returns for 
our shareholders.

Deansgate Square

THE CHALLENGE

Deansgate Square is a skyscraper cluster development under 
construction with developers, Renaker Build, on the southern edge 
of Manchester city centre. The site consists of four skyscrapers, 
the tallest of which will be 201 metres, when completed.

The development comprises 1,508 luxury apartments and 
exclusive penthouses, across four iconic towers, with the 
South Tower being the tallest building in the UK outside of London. 

Aiming to set the standard for large-scale residential properties 
across the globe, VADO’s challenge was to assure the project 
managers, who had previously only used competitors’ products, 
that VADO was best placed to supply the full development.

THE SOLUTION

Renowned for its excellent customer service and agility in 
supporting large-scale developments, VADO displayed product 
samples, while demonstrating examples of other notable 
projects, to reassure the developers that only the finest 
brassware would be specified. VADO also presented to the 
appointed plumbing sub-contractors and offered its premium 
site care service, which entails working alongside the site 
plumbers at each stage of the development. 

THE RESULT

VADO was able to supply 1,800 Tablet Notion shower valves 
and Aquablade shower heads for the main bathrooms and 
1,800 Velo Square shower columns for the en suite bathrooms. 
To complete the contemporary bathroom aesthetic, VADO also 
supplied 3,200 Notion basin mixers. 

Scheduled for completion in June 2019, VADO’s involvement 
with this residential haven is a true celebration of its premium 
product offering, quality specification care package and 
excellent customer service.

Summary
The Group has delivered another robust performance in 2018/19 
despite challenging market conditions. This demonstrates the 
resilience of our Group with its market leading positions, 
well-established brands, superior product and service offer and 
strong financial position. In addition, through the acquisition of 
the House of Plumbing business at the year-end the Group has 
taken a further step in its growth strategy by expanding its 
bathroom product portfolio and commercial and specification 
offer in South Africa on the back of strong organic revenue growth 
in that market. It is also particularly pleasing to note the strong 
performances of both Merlyn, in its first full year since its acquisition 
in November 2017, and Triton as well as the return to profitability 
of Johnson Tiles UK following the restructuring of the business, 
as announced in April 2018.

Whilst market conditions are likely to remain challenging, the Board 
is confident that these attributes will continue to drive market 
outperformance leading to further progress in the current year 
consistent with our strategic objectives.

Martin Towers
Chairman
12 June 2019

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

05

Strategic reportGroup Chief Executive’s 
statement

The Group has achieved 
an important milestone 
in the year.

With our leading market 
positions, portfolio of strong 
brands, continued new 
product investment, 
experienced management 
team and strong financial 
position, the Board remains 
confident that the Group will 
continue to make further 
progress for the year ending 
31 March 2020.”

Overview
The Group has achieved an important milestone in the year 
recording an uninterrupted decade of year on year revenue and 
underlying operating profit growth. Group revenue for the year 
increased by 10.3% to £331.0m (2018: £300.1m) on a reported 
basis, 11.6% on a constant currency basis, and 2.3% on a like-for-like 
constant currency basis. Group underlying operating profit was 
£34.4m, 25.5% higher than the £27.4m recorded in the prior year. 
Group revenue and Group underlying operating profit were 
£154.2m and £7.0m respectively in the year ended 31 March 2009.

Revenue in the UK was £228.1m for the year (2018: £200.6m) up 13.7% 
on prior year principally reflecting the full year contribution from 
Merlyn which has continued to perform strongly since acquisition. 
On a like for like basis UK revenue was broadly flat across the year 
having been 4.1% lower in the first half, recovering strongly with a 
3.8% increase in the second half. The weaker first-half was largely 
due to significantly lower retail revenue at Johnson Tiles UK, which 
was anticipated and mainly due to the Kingfisher unified programme. 
Johnson Tiles apart, second half UK like for like revenue increased 
by 5.0% compared to an increase of 2.5% in the first half on the same 
basis. The second half on the same basis. The strong second half 
growth was driven by market share gains as new range listings were 
secured benefiting from access to the Group’s extensive customer 
base and its strong financial position.

UK underlying operating profit for the year was 42.5% higher than 
the prior year at £26.5m (2018: £18.6m) with an underlying 
operating margin of 11.6% (2018: 9.3%). The improvement in profit 
and margin in the year mainly reflected the full year contribution 
from Merlyn, the return to profitability of Johnson Tiles after the 
successful execution of the restructuring programme and the 
strong performance at Triton. 

Our South African business again delivered strong revenue growth 
despite a challenging market and an uncertain political environment. 
Revenue in South Africa of £102.9m (2018: £99.5m) was 7.2% 
higher than the prior year on a constant currency basis and 3.4% 
higher on a reported basis, continuing the strong outperformance 
of recent years. In Johnson Tiles SA revenue growth was driven by 
the focus on the independent customer base and the strong new 
product programme supported by the increase in manufacturing 
capacity. In TAL, developments in our flooring ranges and 
preferred partner status in construction projects led to growth 
ahead of the market. In Tile Africa, revenue growth benefited from 
the excellent progress made in the bathroom and tap category, 
driven in part by access to the wider-group supply chain, and also 
growth in the specification channel due to the “one-stop-shop” 
business model that has been implemented.

South African underlying operating profit for the year was, however, 
10.2% lower at £7.9m (2018: £8.8m) including a £0.4m adverse 
impact from a weaker Rand. Underlying profitability and return 
on sales at 7.7% (2018: 8.8%) were lower than prior year reflecting 
the impact of a planned and non-comparable plant shutdown at 
Johnson Tiles South Africa to effect the plant capacity increase 
in the first half of the year, competitive pricing pressures on some 
volume lines and power rationing that impacted production and 
revenue in the final quarter of the year. 

Group underlying operating profit at £34.4m (2018: £27.4m) was 
25.5% higher than the prior year, with Group underlying operating 
margins increasing to 10.4% (2018: 9.1%). Underlying operating 
cash flow improved by 28.4% to £39.8m (2018: £31.0m) reflecting 
the improved underlying operating profit and continued focus 
on working capital management.

The Group has a strong balance sheet with net debt of £35.0m 
(2018: £47.1m), and leverage of 0.8 times underlying EBITDA 
(2018: pro forma 1.2 times).

06

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Background pattern: Johnson Tiles – Amy (Design Archive, 1928).

Strategic reportOn 16 January 2019 the Group announced the acquisition of House 
of Plumbing, a market leading supplier of specialist plumbing 
materials to the specification and commercial segment of the 
market for a total consideration of up to ZAR 215m (approximately 
£12.1m). The transaction completed on 1 April 2019 following 
clearance from the South African Competition Authority. The 
business operates from three branches in South Africa located 
in Johannesburg (which is also where the head office is based), 
Pretoria and Lephalale and employs 102 people, being led by an 
experienced management team who are staying with the business. 
For the year ended 30 April 2018, House of Plumbing’s audited 
financial statements showed revenue of ZAR 392m (approximately 
£22.1m), EBITDA of ZAR 33m (approximately £1.9m) and profit 
before tax of ZAR 34m (approximately £1.9m).

Strategy
In April 2018 we launched a refreshed strategy for growth and a 2023 
vision for the Group, including an updated set of strategic targets. 
During the year we have made good progress against the strategic 
targets which were: to increase Group revenue to £600m by 2023; 
to maintain revenue derived outside of the UK at approximately 50% 
of Group revenue; and to sustain a pre-tax return on underlying 
capital employed of more than 15% over the economic cycle. 

Group revenue in the current year has increased by 10.3% to £331.0m 
with our progress against the strategic targets reflecting the 
combination of acquisition driven growth of 9.2%, underlying organic 
growth of 2.3% and currency headwinds of -1.2%. A key factor in our 

MERLYN CASE STUDY

Back to black

Wet rooms are becoming more and more popular, but without 
an enclosure in a small space, you might feel you are drenching 
everything in the room.

Merlyn’s new matt black squared shower walls are a striking 
and minimalist choice, creating a wet room shower enclosure, 
with the feeling of space.

Most importantly, you will not have to worry about chipping 
or peeling – the materials used in our Merlyn Black range are 
anodised aluminium with a matt black finish. This is much 
more durable than standard powder coating and enjoys 
our Lifetime Guarantee.

strategy for revenue growth is the continued innovation of our 
product offer, reflected in 34% of the year’s revenue (2018: 34%) 
being generated from products launched in the previous 3 years.

On a Sterling reported basis, Group revenue derived outside of the 
UK was 41.7% (2018: 44.3%), reflecting a full year of Merlyn’s sales 
which are mainly in the UK. On a pro-forma basis including the 
House of Plumbing business and in constant currency terms, 
we are much more closely in line with our target at 46.4%.

Along with our existing business portfolio all the recently 
acquired businesses have made a significant contribution 
towards the Group’s underlying return on capital employed 
of 18.2% (2018: 18.0%), which is ahead of our strategic target.

The performance of the Merlyn business in its first full year under 
Norcros ownership has been particularly pleasing. The business 
has already benefited from being part of the wider Norcros Group 
with further penetration of the specification channel being a direct 
result. There are also several potential new business opportunities 
being pursued in areas where Merlyn isn’t currently represented 
utilising the strong positions and customer relationships enjoyed 
by other Group brands.

I am confident that we remain on track against our ambitious 2023 
strategic targets. Looking forward, the combination of our successful 
record of targeting, acquiring, integrating and subsequently growing 
quality businesses within the Group, together with our leading customer 
service, best in class quality and innovative product development, 
gives me confidence that we will continue to make progress against 
our strategic targets and create value for our shareholders. 

Summary and outlook
The Group has made good progress against its refreshed strategic 
targets during the year. 

Whilst the UK market remains challenging with the Brexit outcome 
and the fragile political situation impeding activity levels, the 
strong performance of Triton and Merlyn in combination with 
a return to profitability of Johnson Tiles UK, together with the 
further development and progress in our other UK brands 
provides confidence that the business is well placed to capture 
further growth opportunities as they arise. 

Our South African business has continued to deliver revenue 
growth, notwithstanding the political uncertainty and a 
challenging economic environment. Whilst there have been 
some short-term challenges which have impacted this year’s 
profits the medium-term outlook in South Africa remains positive. 

The markets in which we operate in the UK and South Africa 
remain highly fragmented and continue to provide excellent 
organic and acquisitive growth opportunities. Our most recent 
acquisition of the House of Plumbing business in South Africa is a 
good example of the Group capitalising on growth opportunities 
as we have expanded our product offering to the important 
commercial and specification segments as well as providing further 
opportunities to drive growth through geographical expansion of 
this business and also through our existing distribution channels. 

With our leading market positions, portfolio of strong brands, 
continued new product investment, experienced management 
team and strong financial position, the Board remains confident 
that the Group will continue to make further progress for the year 
ending 31 March 2020.

Nick Kelsall
Group Chief Executive
12 June 2019

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

07

Strategic reportBusiness model

Maximising shareholder value 
through continuous investment.

N

INN O V A TI O

▶
s
t
r
o
p
p
u
S

ESS E S

C
O
R
P

nt ▶
e
m
t
s
e
v
n

i

s
u
o
u

n

i

t

n

o

C

S

Y

N

E

R

G

I

E

S

A

N

D S

C

ALE

R einforces ▶

PRODU C T

 ◀ Leads to

B

R

A

N

D P

O

R

T

F

O

L

I

O

P

E

O

P

L

E

C

o

n

t

i

n

u
o
u
s

i

n
v
e
s
t
m
e
nt ▶

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
s
▶

K E T S HARE

R

A

M

•  Continuous investment in capex and R&D

•  Strong portfolio of complementary brands

•  Leverage revenue synergies within our portfolio 

of complementary businesses

•  UK better balanced with focus on trade, 

specification and independent retail sectors

Norcros business model winning 
share in fragmented markets

08

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
We have a well-established, successful track record of serving 
consumers, architects, designers, developers, retailers and 
wholesalers. Our emphasis is on strong branding, contemporary 
designs, trusted quality, outstanding service, innovation and 
breadth of product range. We base our business on understanding 
our customers’ needs. Norcros is a substantial and growing 
international group with consistent, high quality standards and 
considerable resources. We invest significantly and continuously 
in our people, brands, product development and processes 
and we aim to develop our business in both the quality of our 
products and the scale of our activities.

How we do it

Investment case 

Brand portfolio
We have a wide range of strong brands 
with market leading positions across our 
chosen markets.

Market share
We serve consumers, architects, designers, 
developers, retailers and wholesalers offering 
outstanding customer service, bespoke 
solutions and unrivalled technical support.

Synergies and scale
We benefit from economies of scale 
and shared synergies across our 
complementary businesses. 

Innovation
Continual investment in new facilities and new 
product with 34% of 2019 revenue derived 
from products launched in last 3 years.

What makes us different –  
our Norcros DNA

•  Leading market positions and brands

•  Innovation and new product development

•  Complementary products and 

market synergies

•  Channel management expertise

•  Best in class sourcing and assembly

•  Successful acquisition strategy

•  Experienced management team

by acquisitions

DELIVERED A DECADE 
OF SUSTAINED GROWTH 
1  Organic revenue growth enhanced 
2   UK profit growth, South Africa 
�   Strong return on Capital  
�   Track record of progressive 

turnaround and exit Rest of World 

dividend growth

WELL POSITIONED 
FOR FUTURE GROWTH 
1   Cohesive portfolio of specialist, 

well invested, market leading 
businesses with strong brands

potential to add complementary brands 

2    Well-developed acquisition pipeline with 
3   Market share opportunities in 

current geographies from failures 
of under-capitalised competitors 
in fragmented markets 

4  Strong financial position 

Background pattern: Johnson Tiles – Mel (Design Archive, 2000).

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

09

Strategic reportStrategy and objectives

A focused growth 
strategy delivering strong 
sustainable results.

About our strategy 
The Board believes the execution of this strategy will enhance 
shareholder value. 

Organic growth will continue to be driven by capitalising on our 
leading market positions in the UK and South Africa. Our 
strategic initiatives will ensure we maintain the provision of 
innovative new product programmes, excellent customer 
service and investment in our brand portfolio. We will also 
reinforce our “designed in Britain” credentials as well as capture 
the growth opportunities in South Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa 
and the Middle East, where medium-term growth rates are likely 
to be higher than those in the more developed markets. 

We will continue to drive faster revenue growth in our existing 
export markets and develop new emerging export opportunities.

Acquisitions will be targeted at complementary market and 
industry segments exhibiting attractive returns on capital which 
are likely to be in bathroom and kitchen products with exposure 
to commercial and specification segments. The successful 
acquisitions of Vado, Croydex, Abode and most recently of 
Merlyn in November 2017 all demonstrate the execution of our 
strategy. The addition of House of Plumbing to the portfolio will 
help drive further progress. 

“A leading supplier of bathroom and kitchen products in selected geographies, offering strong brands, contemporary designs, 
trusted quality, outstanding service, innovation and a wide product range.”

Our vision

Our strategic objectives

1

2

3

4

5

Pursue a faster and 
focused growth 
strategy to scale the 
size of the Group both 
organically and by 
acquisition

Maintain investment in 
our strong brands and 
new product 
development

Leverage revenue 
synergies within our 
portfolio of 
complementary 
businesses

Target acquisitions in 
complementary 
markets with attractive 
returns on capital

Continue to ensure high 
standards of corporate 
governance and 
responsibility

Our strategic targets

Grow Group revenue to

£600m

by 2023

Maintain approximately

50%

of Group revenue derived 
outside the UK

Achieve a sustainable 
underlying return on capital 
employed of above

15%

through the economic cycle

10

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Strategic reportKey performance indicators

Measuring our progress.

We use the following key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure our progress against our strategic priorities.

Total revenue £m

Group revenue outside the UK %

Underlying operating profit £m

£331.0m +10.3%

41.7% -2.6%

£34.4m +25.5%

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

331.0

300.1

271.2

235.9

222.1

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

41.7

44.3

42.8

41.6

44.6

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

34.4

27.4

23.8

21.3

17.0

Definition Reported Group revenue 
for the year which excludes 
discontinued operations.

Performance Total revenue for the year 
increased by £30.9m (10.3%), 11.6% on 
a constant currency basis and 2.3% on 
a constant currency like for like basis. 
UK revenues increased by 13.7% and in 
line with last year on a like for like basis. 
South African revenues grew by 3.4% 
on a reported basis and by 7.2% on 
a constant currency basis.

Definition Revenue from the Group’s 
South African operating segment plus 
export revenue from the Group’s UK 
operating segment.

Performance Group revenue outside the 
UK has reduced in the year to 41.7%, 
reflecting a full year of Merlyn within the 
Group and a weaker Rand. On a pro-forma 
basis including the House of Plumbing 
business and in constant currency terms, 
we are much more closely in line with this 
target at 46.4%. 

Definition Reported operating profit 
as adjusted for IAS 19R administrative 
expenses, acquisition related costs and 
exceptional operating items, as defined 
in note 8 to the financial statements.

Performance Underlying operating profit 
increased by £7.0m (+25.5%) and included 
the first full year contribution of Merlyn.

Underlying return on capital employed %

Dividend per share p

18.2% +20bps

8.4p +7.7%

Underlying operating cash flow £m

£39.8m +28.4%

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

18.2

18.0

18.4

18.3

16.3

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

8.4

7.8

7.2

6.6

5.6

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

39.8

31.0

29.8

20.4

22.9

Definition Underlying operating profit 
expressed as a percentage of the 
average of opening and closing 
underlying capital employed (as defined 
in note 8 to the financial statements).

Definition The total of the interim dividend 
and the proposed final dividend for the 
financial year. 2015 has been restated 
to reflect the 10:1 share consolidation 
completed on 29 September 2015.

Performance Underlying ROCE 
remained above the strategic target 
of 15% over the economic cycle.

Performance In line with the Board’s 
progressive dividend policy the dividend 
per share increased 7.7% to 8.4p per 
share from 7.8p per share.

Definition Cash generated from 
continuing operations as adjusted 
for cash flows from exceptional items 
and pension fund deficit recovery 
contributions, as defined in note 8 
to the financial statements.

Performance Underlying operating 
cash generation increased to £39.8m, 
an increase of £8.8m over the prior year, 
reflecting increased profitability and 
a continued focus on working 
capital management.

Background pattern: Johnson Tiles – Mick (Design Archive, 1987).

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

11

Strategic reportBusiness performance

Norcros has recorded 
another year of growth.

A summary of our key financials can be found below.

Revenue

Operating profit

IAS 19R administrative expenses

Acquisition related costs

Exceptional operating items

Underlying operating profit

Revenue – UK

Revenue – South Africa

Revenue – Group

Underlying operating profit – UK

Underlying operating profit – South Africa

Underlying operating profit – Group

Underlying operating profit margin – UK

Underlying operating profit margin – South Africa

Underlying operating profit margin – Group

Underlying operating profit

Depreciation and underlying amortisation

Underlying EBITDA

Net working capital movement

Share-based payments

Cash settlement of share options 

Underlying operating cash flow

12

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

2019
£m

2018
£m

331.0

�00.1

25.1

1.5

3.8

4.0

34.4

2019
£m

228.1

102.9

331.0

26.5

7.9

34.4

11.6%

7.7%

10.4%

2019
£m

34.4

6.9

41.3

(2.1)

1.2

(0.6)

39.8

19.6

1.�

�.�

2.1

27.�

2018
£m

200.6

99.5

�00.1

18.6

8.8

27.�

9.�%

8.8%

9.1%

2018
£m

27.�

6.�

��.8

(2.8)

0.9

(0.9)

�1.0

Strategic reportUK business review

Underlying profit growth.

UK revenue was 13.7% higher than the prior year, principally reflecting the full year 
contribution from Merlyn which has continued to perform strongly since acquisition. 

Highlights 2019

Share of Group revenue

Underlying operating profit

£228.1m

£26.5m

69%

69+

share

77%

G 77+

share

UK revenue £m

£228.1m
+13.7%

149.1

6.8

59.7

30.5

52.1

163.0

8.0

54.1

17.2
33.1

50.6

200.6

9.1

47.1

11.7
12.8
24.2

42.9

52.8

182.3

7.9

53.2

10.6
24.7

37.2

48.7

228.1

11.3

41.4

39.5

16.2
21.7

41.4

56.6

15

16

17

18

19

Triton

Vado

Croydex

Abode

Merlyn

Johnson Tiles

Norcros Adhesives

UK
In the UK revenue was 13.7% higher than the prior year at £228.1m 
(2018: £200.6m), principally reflecting the full year contribution 
from Merlyn which has continued to perform strongly since 
acquisition. The full year like for like revenue (excluding revenues 
from Merlyn) was broadly the same as the prior year largely due 
to significantly lower retail revenues at Johnson Tiles, which was 
anticipated and mainly due to the Kingfisher unified programme. 
This mainly impacted the first half of the year which saw like for 
like revenue decrease by 4.1%. The second half performance was 
much improved reflecting revenue growth on a like for like basis 
of 3.8% driven by market share gains as new range listings were 
secured benefiting from access to the Group’s extensive customer 
base and its strong financial position.

Underlying operating profit grew by £7.9m to £26.5m (2018: £18.6m) 
with an operating margin of 11.6% (2018: 9.3%). This mainly reflected 
a full year contribution from Merlyn combined with the return 
to profitability of Johnson Tiles UK following the successful 
restructuring of the business during the year and a strong 
performance from Triton.

Underlying operating profit grew 
by £7.9m to £26.5m (2018: £18.6m) 
with an operating margin of 11.6% 
(2018: 9.3%).”

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

13

Strategic report31
+
23
+
G
UK business review continued

UK continued
Triton
Revenue at Triton, the UK’s market leader in showers, was 7.2% higher 
than the previous year at £56.6m (2018: £52.8m) reflecting growth in 
our UK and export markets. The strength and awareness of the Triton 
brand alongside a multi-channel distribution approach ensured its 
strong and sustained leadership position was maintained. 

In the UK, revenue was 7.7% higher than the prior year, with retail 
sector customers growing strongly despite challenging market 
conditions with continued structural changes affecting many major 
customers. From a product perspective, Triton achieved an all-time 
company record market share for electric showers; as well as 
achieving market share growth in mixer and pumped showers. In 
addition to revenue growth Triton has been shortlisted in the ‘Best 
Bathroom Product’ category of the annual BMJ (Builders Merchants 
Journal) Awards, as voted for by its trade customers.

Export revenue growth continued, finishing 5.1% higher than the 
previous year reflecting the success of the product offer and the 
strength of the brand in Ireland, Triton’s main international market.

New product innovation remains key to Triton’s ongoing market 
leadership strategy and sales of products launched in the last 3 years 
contributed 39.3% of current year revenue (2018: 29.4%). During the 
year Triton introduced a number of innovative new mixer showers 
and accessories, building on leading positions and growing share in 
both categories. The H2OST digital mixer shower was shortlisted for 
the EKBB Business, Best Bathroom Innovation. A further example of 
innovation was the recent award of the prestigious Quiet Mark 

approval, an international award associated with the UK Noise 
Abatement Society, for several of Triton’s new innovative showers. 
Noise reduction is a growing trend across appliance sectors and 
Triton will continue to push the boundaries of noise reduction 
across its next generation of products.

During the year, Triton continued to innovate in its marketing activity, 
building on the ‘# See you first thing Britain’ campaign. Activity 
included marketing to consumers and Triton’s wide trade installer 
base using a variety of media through national radio, social media, 
viral video and blogging, press and PR activity in Home Interest and 
Trade magazines and targeted installer / trade exhibitions. At the 
same time Triton is targeting its future installer base through Triton 
engineers visiting a number of further education colleges and 
conducting training sessions with trade apprentices.

Underlying operating profit was higher than last year reflecting the 
higher revenue combined with the continued focus on cost and 
efficiency offsetting increased commodity prices and adverse 
currency fluctuations. The business was again highly cash 
generative in the year.

Merlyn
Merlyn, the UK and Ireland’s No. 1 supplier of shower enclosures 
and trays to the residential, commercial and hospitality sectors 
performed strongly and recorded revenue of £39.5m (2018: £11.7m), 
growth of 13.8% on the previous year including the period prior 
to Norcros ownership. The business provides a quality product 
offering and customer centric service with the brand well placed 
to benefit from the growing emphasis on bathrooms and the 
premiumisation trend within the home. 

TRITON CASE STUDY

A digital showering future

THE CHALLENGE

With the rise of smart technology, Britain’s homes are becoming 
increasingly intelligent, and there is a demand to embrace this 
trend in the bathroom. 

THE SOLUTION

Triton’s H2OST digital mixer allows homeowners to enjoy a 
personalised experience every morning. For quick and easy 
routines, H2OST has a wireless start/stop remote control with 
a warm-up function. The remote can be outside the bathroom 
and can be activated from the bed. At the press of a button, 
water is pre-heated and delivered to the perfect temperature. 
Its technology allows each user to create his/her optimum 
setting, which means that the whole family can enjoy their 
individual showering experience with a pre-set button. 

H2OST has also been developed to tackle any layout and existing 
pipes/cables with the use of discreet wire-free controls. The 
sleek panel with full text and colour display can be positioned 
anywhere on a wall within ten metres of the mixer box.

THE RESULT

Complete installation flexibility with no more waiting around for 
the water to reach the correct temperature, as well as being the 
ultimate centrepiece for any modern bathroom – Triton’s H2OST 
is the smarter way to shower. 

14

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Strategic reportSmart showers

SENSORI

At VADO, we understand modern demands for innovative 
smart home solutions that improve the way we live. We strive 
to match our customer needs and challenge market norms, 
bringing innovative designs and products that enhance the 
user experience; VADO’s new Sensori collection introduces 
pioneering technologies to create a luxurious, modern and 
tailored bathroom solution.

VADO CASE STUDY

Trade sector revenue grew by 18.7% with the specification channel 
being the main driver. The business won two major supplier awards 
from Barratt plc and Neville Lumb in addition to securing solus 
supply agreements with Bloor Homes and Jones Homes. Outside 
of specification, new business was gained with Travis Perkins on 
their own brand iflo range, which offset destocking by Wolseley.

UK retail revenue grew 6.7% from the full prior year, driven by the 
rollout of new product ranges, in addition to strong revenue 
growth with independent retailers and buying groups. Merlyn’s 
customer credentials were further enhanced by the winning of 
five best supplier awards from the independent retail sector. 

Export revenue grew by 32% on the full prior year with Ireland 
representing the majority of revenue. The Irish market continued 
to recover mainly in the Dublin region whilst the French market 
also recorded good growth.

New product development remains a core component of the 
Merlyn growth strategy and this has continued in the current year. 
Eight new products were successfully launched including: Arysto 
Quad, Series 6 Frameless, Arysto 6, Arysto 8, Series 8 Shower Wall, 
Series 8 Frameless Pivot and Merlyn Black. There are also several 
products in the pipeline and future development, which includes the 
next generation of shower trays, that are being further influenced by 
insights gained from customer surveys to ensure customer needs 
are being met.

Merlyn has further continued to invest in its workforce in the current 
year, with additional sales resource to target the specification and 
housebuilder segments, and in customer service and training. Merlyn 
achieved ISO14001:2015, ISO9001: 2015 and ISO45001: 2018 in 
the period, further enhancing its quality credentials. 

As a relatively new acquisition considerable work has been 
undertaken on pursuing synergies from wider Norcros Group 
relationships, with several initiatives including new accounts and 
procurement savings in progress. We expect to secure meaningful 
benefits from some of these initiatives as they are progressed. 

Merlyn contributed an underlying operating profit and cash 
generation in line with the Board’s expectations.

Vado
Vado, our leading manufacturer of taps, mixer showers, bathroom 
accessories and valves, recorded revenue of £41.4m for the year 
(2018: £42.9m), 3.5% lower than the prior year with growth in the 
UK being more than offset by lower revenues in export markets. 
Despite this, the continued focus and investment in new product 
development and recovery in its export markets are expected to 
drive growth this year.

UK revenue grew by 5.5% with growth on the prior year being achieved 
in both retail and trade channels. Vado continued to enjoy success in 
the trade channel, growing revenue with major housebuilder clients. 
The growth rate also increased in the retail sector with strong 
performances in the existing client base being augmented with some 
new customer wins. The successful roll out of market leading point of 
sale material also continues to yield positive results whilst the award of 
an OEM supply contract from the Fortis Buying Group is expected to 
further accelerate this growth in the coming financial year. 

Export revenue declined by 26.2% on the prior year with several 
unconnected specific country issues impacting revenue in the 
year. Softer market conditions in East Africa, changes to product 
certification standards in Saudi Arabia, customer liquidity issues in 
major West African distributors, and unrepeated prior year project 
work in New Zealand and Sri Lanka all impacted performance. 

Following the launch of the Sensori range in July 2018, growth 
continued in the digital showering category with revenue 
significantly up on prior year. Vado continues to drive new product 
development with two further major product launches planned for 
the first half of this year which will re-enforce Vado’s position at the 
forefront of market trends.

A supplier partnership quality improvement project was piloted in two 
of Vado’s largest suppliers and yielded significant results in production 
efficiency and reduction of waste. This programme will be rolled 
out across the entire supply base throughout the coming financial 
year. Optical Character Recognition software implemented in the 
business this year also continued to drive operational efficiencies.

Notwithstanding the implementation of a number of cost 
reduction initiatives, the decline in overall revenue resulted 
in operating profits being lower than the previous year. 
Cash generation remained strong in the year.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

15

Strategic reportUK business review continued

UK continued
Croydex
Croydex a market leading innovator, designer and manufacturer 
of high-quality bathroom accessories, furnishings and shower 
products recorded revenues of £21.7m for the year (2018: £24.2m) 
10.3% lower than achieved in the prior year. This was principally 
due to the challenging UK retail environment and specifically the 
disruption following the change of ownership of one of its main 
customers. The business continues to develop its innovative 
product range and diversify its geographies and customer base 
further to ensure it is well positioned to grow this year. 

UK revenue fell 8.5% on prior year, primarily driven by the retail 
sector and the performance and subsequent change in ownership 
of the Homebase Bunnings business, a major customer of 
Croydex. The withdrawal of trade credit insurance meant that 
trading was negligible in the second quarter as the Group actively 
reduced its exposure. Trading recommenced on a significantly 
reduced credit limit in the second half, albeit at lower levels than 
the comparable period. 

Revenue in the UK Trade sector however grew strongly by 8.1% 
driven by outperformance in the National Merchants and growth 
from Screwfix, which along with confirmed future listings and 
category rollouts in both Screwfix and Toolstation should drive 
increased revenue in this channel going forward. 

Export revenue declined by 19% in the year due to a decline in 
European revenue based on significant prior year rollouts into the 
German DIY market not being repeated. The export business has 
however continued to evolve with the further development of our 
online export presence and digital content in our e-commerce 
export channels with Croydex branded listings going live during 
the year in Amazon and Wayfair across the US. 

New product development, positively influenced by the many IP 
protected products, continues to drive growth with revenue from 
products launched in the last three years contributing 41.4% of 
revenue (2018: 48.1%). Customer bespoke and market specific 
products are a significant contributor to new product launches. 
During the year Croydex launched the Metlex commercial product 
range comprising 140 new products together with bespoke 
products to meet the McCarthy & Stone and Churchill Retirement 
specifications and demand from the private house builder sector. 
Specific promotional products were also created for key retailers 
including B&Q, Wickes, and Toom Baumarkt in Germany and Home 
Depot in the US. 

Underlying operating profit was below last year due to the 
reduction in UK and export revenue. Cash generation remained 
strong in the year.

CROYDEX CASE STUDY

Mobility in bathrooms 
with inclusive products

THE CHALLENGE

Making your bathroom mobility friendly can be as simple as 
investing in some new accessories to help make life that little bit 
easier, without compromising on its look and feel. 

THE SOLUTION

Croydex offers a whole range of inclusive products for assisted 
bathing. Shower and bath seats are perfect for creating a more 
relaxed bathing experience and grab rails attached to walls give 
stable, handheld support in an area that is often slippery.

Croydex’s in-house product design team, in collaboration with 
Medline, a US healthcare manufacturer, developed the 
Momentum seat for assistive showering for Medline’s US 
markets. The chair provides cushioned comfort without the 
compromise on contemporary bathroom styles, but most 
importantly its light-weight design can withstand considerable 
loads and still provide ease of movement in confined spaces. 

THE RESULT

So impressed by the design, Medline expanded the brief with 
Croydex to include a Momentum exfoliating bathmat to match 
the chair and an adhesive fix shower basket – all to be sold as part 
of its wider range of inclusive products for assisted bathing. 

16

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Croydex inclusive products for 
assisted living in the bathroom, 
ranging from grab rails to 
shower and bath seats.

Croydex’s Momentum seat and 
exfoliating bathmat developed 
for Medline US markets.

Strategic reportABODE CASE STUDY

Abode
Abode, a leading designer and distributor of high-quality 
hot water taps, bathroom brassware, kitchen taps and sinks, 
recorded revenue of £16.2m for the period (2018: £12.8m), 
26.6% higher than the prior year. The business has 
successfully positioned itself in the market after prior year 
investment in new product introductions and sales resource 
resulting in a number of significant new account wins 
reflected in the current year growth.

The business grew revenues across trade, retail and export 
sectors, with the branded kitchen sink and taps business 
continuing to expand rapidly into the UK retail and trade 
channels. Following substantial investment in new product 
introductions in 2018, the retail footprint for the brand has 
been expanded greatly, with over 900 showroom displays 
across the UK & Ireland, including John Lewis stores. The 
Pronteau hot water tap, first introduced in 2016, continues 
to grow in scale and has benefited from range extensions 
and enhancements made during the year. 

The private label operations serviced by Abode also performed 
well during the year as a result of capturing range expansion 
opportunities along with the ongoing success of new product 
designs and finishes. 

Underlying operating profit and cash performance was significantly 
ahead of last year, reflecting the strong revenue growth.

Johnson Tiles
Johnson Tiles, the UK market leading ceramic tile manufacturer 
and a market leader in the supply of both own manufactured and 
imported tiles, recorded revenue of £41.4m (2018: £47.1m), 12.1% 
lower than prior year. 

UK retail revenue was 20.7% lower than the previous year. First half 
revenues declined 35.7%, driven by the impact of the Kingfisher 
unification programme, whilst second half revenues were in line 
with last year, with further reductions at Kingfisher being offset by 
growth in Wickes largely reflecting the introduction of Rigid Luxury 
Vinyl Tile, a new and exciting product opportunity for the company.

UK trade sector revenue was 7.3% lower than the prior year, with 
first half revenues down 11.6% driven by the withdrawal from the 
supply of marginal cheap white tiles and the continued soft social 
housing market as expenditure continued to be diverted away 

Abode’s innovation in kitchen taps 
helps reduce plastic waste and forges 
further relationships with Wickes 
and Benchmarx

THE CHALLENGE

Long-lasting, cheap, moisture-resistant plastic has long been 
deemed as a good material when in use, but it is a much harder 
substance to love when faced with disposing of it. Discarded 
plastic bottles contribute to a large proportion of waste, driven 
mainly by our thirst for bottled water; 13 billion plastic bottles end 
up in landfill each year in the UK. One change that housebuilders 
can make, to help combat this problem, is to install filtered water 
taps into the kitchens of new build properties.

THE SOLUTION

A tap with a built-in water filter function, delivering a constant 
supply of refreshing water that is pleasant to drink, encouraging 
consumers to ditch the plastic bottle, while helping save on their 
shopping bills too – a great contribution to the environment. 

Following an initial sales growth success, Wickes and 
Benchmarx began New Year 2019 by expanding the ranges of 
Abode products, with the launch of the patented Abode Swich; 
a versatile product which can be used in new installations or 
retro-fit alike, aiding the single use plastic reduction drive, by 
delivering filtered drinking water from any standard tap. 

THE RESULT

With a focus on innovation in taps and kitchen sinks, Abode 
continues to support its trade customers, to build on existing 
relationships and develop new ones across all retail & merchant 
sectors. Wickes and Benchmarx have taken stock of the first 
Abode and Pronteau taps, which have been delivered to over 
440 stores, a total of 20 tap designs were launched across the 
two businesses initially, some of which were new product 
developments. Following the success these new introductions 
have had, both businesses will also be launching a 
comprehensive range of Abode sinks later in the year. 

from bathroom refurbishments. Second half revenues recovered 
to be 2.7% lower and encouragingly ahead of the first half due to 
growth in the commercial specification channel and a slowing 
in the rate of decline in social housing activity levels.

The Johnson Tiles customer focused service model, coupled with 
market leading specification expertise has led to good progress 
in the house builder and specification market. This has resulted 
in gaining specifications to supply a number of major contracts 
including: Royal Wharf in London, Trinity Way in Manchester, 
Tottenham Hotspur’s new stadium, Hilton Garden Inn in Stoke, 
Albert’s restaurant in Manchester, Shell Petroleum petrol stations 
nationwide, Costa Coffee nationwide, Asda and Yo Sushi. 
In addition, the business continued to supply a number of 
national house builders including Barratt David Wilson, 
Persimmon Charles Church, Redrow and St Modwen.

Export revenues were in line with last year. First half revenues were 
down 8%, largely a result of slower sales into Leroy Merlin in France 
whilst second half sales were up 9.5% driven by growth in the 
Middle East and the launch of new product ranges into Bauhaus 
in Germany.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

17

Strategic reportUK business review continued

UK continued
Johnson Tiles continued
As previously reported, a major restructuring programme was 
implemented at the start of the period. Through exiting low margin 
business and cutting overhead costs, margins have improved and 
the business has returned to profitability from loss-making in the 
previous year resulting in a significant turnaround in performance 
in the year.

The benefits of the restructuring combined with improvements 
in customer service levels, improved focus with investment in new 
product programmes and the winning of new business following 
the administration of the British Ceramic Tile business should 
ensure that this level of operating performance is sustained.

Norcros Adhesives
Revenue at Norcros Adhesives, our UK manufacturer and supplier 
of tile and stone adhesives and ancillary products, was 24.2% 
higher at £11.3m (2018: £9.1m) continuing the significant growth 
from the prior year. 

UK revenue was 11.1% higher than last year, reflecting growth in 
Wickes, Travis Perkins and Screwfix, the latter reflecting the launch 
of the new ‘No Nonsense’ grouts and adhesives range. Growth in 
fixer sales and in the new “Resilient” channel which continues to 
gain traction, was offset by a softer performance in distribution 

accounts. Revenues to B&Q Tradepoint were marginally above last 
year, and are expected to see further growth this year as several 
new lines have been secured. 

Our Middle East operation continues to gain momentum with 
revenue more than doubling in the period as we secured some 
major projects in the region including the Bahrain International 
Airport, Mansion Villas, Meydan Hotel and Viceroy Dubai. During 
the final quarter the business won the contract to supply the 
prestigious Mall of Oman project which will be an important 
element of the 2019/20 growth plan.

Norcros Adhesives has reinforced its environmental credentials 
through successfully renewing both its ISO9001 and ISO14001 
accreditations to the latest standards, maintaining the Gold Standard 
from the Supply Chain Sustainability School (partnered with Barratts) 
and winning an industry award from The Tile Association relating to 
the best environmental initiative for the third successive year.

The business made a small operating loss in the period reflecting 
additional operating costs associated with the significant revenue 
growth, including increased investment in sales and marketing 
resource, new business and product development and new 
business systems. This business is expected to return to 
profitability in the 2019/2020 financial year. 

JOHNSON TILES CASE STUDY

Asda store re-style

THE CHALLENGE

The challenge was to heighten the look and feel of the cut flower 
display when sited next to an external wall location in store. 
The objective was to give a more impactful up to date style to 
the area, whilst maintaining continuity with other Johnson Tiles 
used in store. 

THE SOLUTION

The Asda design teams wanted to create a more contemporary 
feel to their stores and maintain the subtle colour theme of the 
Savoy range in Noir as already used in the Delicatessen area. 
The geometric shapes of the Savoy Hexagons provided a more 
present-day background to enhance the bright and bold 
colourful plant and flower areas. 

THE RESULT

HB Construction was given the task of bringing Asda’s brief to 
life at the trial store in Livingstone, Scotland, and the design 
concept has now been approved for all future Asda stores, 
where the cut flower area is placed next to an external wall. 

18

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Strategic reportSouth Africa business review

Resilient performance in a 
challenging trading environment.

Revenue for the year grew 7.2% on a constant currency 
basis continuing the outperformance of recent years.

Highlights 2019

Share of Group revenue

Underlying operating profit

£102.9m

£7.9m

31%

69+

share

23%

G 77+

share

South Africa revenue £m

£102.9m
+3.4%

88.9

21.1

57.0

73.0

17.2

45.5

72.9

17.9

45.2

99.5

24.2

62.7

102.9

24.0

63.9

10.3

15

9.8

16

10.8

17

12.6

18

15.0

19

Johnson Tiles South Africa

Tile Africa

TAL

South Africa
Our South African business delivered a resilient performance in 
a challenging trading environment. Following a period of political 
and policy uncertainty, both in South Africa and internationally, 
South Africa has experienced lower levels of public and private 
sector investment which contributed to the country slipping into 
a technical recession in the first half of the year. Despite this, 
revenue for the year grew 7.2% on a constant currency basis 
continuing the outperformance of recent years. The Rand 
depreciated against Sterling during the year with the average 
exchange rate 3.6% weaker at ZAR 17.95 (2018: ZAR 17.32), resulting 
in full year reported revenue 3.4% ahead of prior year at £102.9m 
(2018: £99.5m). Revenue growth slowed in the fourth quarter as 
the country experienced a rolling programme of power rationing 
that impacted our production and revenues across the business. 

Underlying operating profit for the year was 10.2% lower at £7.9m 
(2018: £8.8m) including a £0.4m adverse impact from the weaker 
Rand. The underlying reduction in profitability of £0.5m principally 
reflected the impact of a planned and non-comparable plant 
shutdown at Johnson Tiles South Africa in the first half of the 
year which enabled a necessary expansion of capacity and plant 
upgrade programme and the impact of the fourth quarter power 
rationing. The return on sales of 7.7% was 1.1% lower than the 
previous year.

On 1 April 2019, Norcros South Africa completed the acquisition 
of House of Plumbing. House of Plumbing is a market leading 
supplier of specialist plumbing materials focused on the 
specification and commercial segments of the market. This 
acquisition complements the Group’s strong positions and 
enhances our product offer to the important commercial and 
specification segments, where we have been successfully 
building our business. 

Johnson Tiles South Africa
Johnson Tiles South Africa, our tile manufacturing business, 
recorded revenue of £15.0m (2018: £12.6m), 19.0% higher on 
a reported basis and 23.0% higher on a constant currency basis. 
This growth reflected the successful investment in additional 
capacity and plant improvements in the first half of the year 
and also the strong new product programme that drove revenue 
growth from the independent customer base, through both 
retail and commercial channels, with good growth into the 
private housebuilder segment. Operating profit in the year 
was lower than the prior year mainly due to the impact of power 
rationing, the planned factory shutdown and pricing pressure 
in the private housing segment.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

19

Strategic report31
+
23
+
G
South Africa business review continued

South Africa continued
Tile Africa
Tile Africa, our leading retailer of wall and floor tiles, adhesives, 
showers, sanitaryware and bathroom fittings, recorded revenue 
of £63.9m (2018: £62.7m) 1.9% higher on a reported basis and 5.6% 
higher on a constant currency basis. The business continued to 
benefit from excellent growth in the bathroom and tap categories, 
driven in part by access to the wider-group supply chain. 

Tile Africa supplied a number of prestigious projects during the 
year including The Houghton Hotel, Vincent Park Shopping Centre 
and Steyn City Aquatics Centre, further consolidating its strong 
position in the commercial and specification market. Tile Africa 
is starting to secure both the tile and bathroom specifications 
on projects with this ability to offer a full basket of alternative wall 
and floor coverings, including luxury vinyl and laminates, and 
bathroom products helping to drive ongoing and sustainable 
market share growth. 

Tile Africa opened a new store in Polokwane North, upgraded the 
Pietermaritzburg and Polokwane South stores during the period 
and closed the Pinetown store which had reached the end of its 
lease. Tile Africa currently has 32 owned stores and two franchise 
stores and is planning to open one new store in this current 
financial year. 

Good management of the cost base saw the business grow 
operating profit on the prior year. 

TAL
Our market leading adhesive business in South Africa, TAL, recorded 
revenue of £24.0m (2018: £24.2m), 0.8% lower on a reported basis, 
3.0% higher on a constant currency basis. TAL made robust progress 
in driving ahead-of-market growth through further developing its 
flooring range which helped to lessen the impact of lower sales in 
neighbouring countries, particularly in Zimbabwe. 

TAL was the preferred partner in a number of major construction 
projects during the year, including the 3,500m2 Deloitte Head Office 
in Johannesburg, the 45,000m2 Pearls Luxury Apartment Complex in 
Durban, and the 28,000m2 FNB Office Block in Johannesburg. TAL 
has a market leading position in the tile adhesive market reflecting its 
product quality and technical expertise and is driving further growth 
this year by widening the offering to cover the fixing of alternative 
floor and wall coverings. 

Our TAL business experienced above-inflation increases in the cost 
of a number of key raw materials that impacted margins. Good 
management and directed investment in our manufacturing facilities 
and related overheads saw the business grow operating profit in the 
year with cash conversion remaining strong. 

Bespoke fixing solution created by TAL 
for the Ndzundza/Nzunza portrait

TAL CASE STUDY

THE CHALLENGE

When a major art installation was commissioned for the side of a 
Johannesburg office building, there were many challenges for the 
artist, Hannelie Coetzee. Her inspiration came from the pottery 
and beadwork of the Nzunza Ndebele people and her vision was 
to create a portrait of a woman made from ceramic plates, cups 
and bowls, made in a local pottery. This unique installation 
demanded a technical bespoke fixing solution from TAL.

THE SOLUTION

The TAL technical team developed a highly flexible adhesive to 
fix all the crockery pieces to the giant mesh backing, which 
would have to withstand the extremes of temperatures of the 
west facing wall. 

A TAL Keymix and TAL Keycoat primer slurry coat was applied to 
the entire façade to prepare the surface for the installation. This 
slurry coat provides a level of water resistance to the installation, 
as well as providing a suitable surface for the adhesive system 
to bond onto. 

Each individual item of crockery was first laid out on the floor 
inside the building and then applied outside in small sections. 
To accommodate this, TAL supplied the product in 10kg bags, 
to avoid the product drying too quickly and to avoid wastage. 
The smaller bags were also more manageable in the limited 
space many metres above the ground.

THE RESULT

The portrait was officially unveiled on Women’s Day, 9 August 2018, 
and has become a celebrated landmark, representing a culture 
of diversity in the modern city of Johannesburg. 

20

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Strategic reportGroup Finance 
Director’s report

Continued growth.

Financial overview

•  Group revenue increased by 10.3% 

to £331.0m (2018: £300.1m)

•  Group underlying operating profit of 

£34.4m was 25.5% ahead of prior year

•  Group operating profit was £25.1m 

(2018: £19.6m)

•  Group underlying profit before tax 
of £32.6m was 24.0% ahead of the 
prior year

•  Group profit before tax was £25.4m 

(2018: £13.5m)

•  Underlying operating cash flow of 
£39.8m was 96.4% of underlying 
EBITDA (2018: 91.7%)

•  Net debt at £35.0m reduced by 

£12.1m in the year

Revenue

Underlying operating profit
IAS 19R administrative expenses
Acquisition related costs
Exceptional operating items

Operating profit
Net finance income/(costs)

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year

2019
£m

2018
£m

331.0

�00.1

34.4
(1.5)
(3.8)
(4.0)

25.1
0.3

25.4
(6.0)

19.4

27.�
(1.�)
(�.�)
(2.1)

19.6
(6.1)

1�.5
(�.6)

9.9

Revenue
Group revenue at £331.0m (2018: £300.1m) increased by 10.3% 
on a reported basis, 11.6% on a constant currency basis, and 2.3% 
on a constant currency like for like1 basis.

Underlying operating profit
Underlying operating profit increased by 25.5% to £34.4m 
(2018: £27.4m). Our UK businesses delivered underlying operating 
profit of £26.5m (2018: £18.6m), and our South African businesses 
generated an underlying operating profit of £7.9m (2018: £8.8m). 
On a constant currency basis, the reduction in underlying 
operating profit in the South African businesses was £0.5m. 
Group underlying operating profit margin was 10.4% (2018: 9.1%).

IAS 19R administrative costs
These costs represent the costs incurred by the Trustee of 
administering the UK pension schemes and are reflected in the 
Income Statement under IAS 19R. Costs of £1.5m have increased 
by £0.1m on prior year (2018: £1.4m).

Acquisition related costs
A cost of £3.8m (2018: £4.3m) has been recognised in the year and 
is analysed as follows:

Deferred remuneration
Intangible asset amortisation
Staff costs and advisory fees2

2019
£m

0.2
3.5
0.1

3.8

2018
£m

(0.�)
2.2
2.�

�.�

1  Like for like is defined as constant currency (2018 at 2019 monthly average rates) 

impact being £3.5m and excluding Merlyn revenue of £39.5m in 2019 (2018: £11.7m).

2  Professional and advisory fees incurred in connection with the Group’s business 
combination activities and the costs of maintaining the in-house acquisitions 
department. During the year to 31 March 2019 the costs of the in-house acquisitions 
department of £0.4m have been recognised in underlying operating profit. 
Previously they were excluded from underlying operating profit. 

In accordance with IFRS 3R, a proportion of the deferred 
consideration payable to the former shareholders of certain 
acquired businesses is required to be treated as remuneration, 
and, accordingly, is expensed to the Income Statement as incurred. 
There is a net charge of £0.2m in the year, compared to a net £0.3m 
income in the prior year, due to the release of an overprovision. 

Background pattern: Johnson Tiles – Maria (Design Archive, 2013).

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

21

Strategic reportGroup Finance Director’s report continued

Exceptional operating items
A net exceptional operating charge of £4.0m (2018: £2.1m) has 
been recognised this year. 

Onerous property lease provision costs
GMP equalisation costs
Restructuring costs

2019
£m

3.0
1.0
—

4.0

2018
£m

—
—
2.1

2.1

Exceptional costs of £3.0m were incurred in the year to increase the 
provision in relation to an onerous and surplus legacy property lease 
following the reappraisal of the likely future cash flows. The property 
is the only remaining legacy lease the company has which will expire 
in June 2022. 

Exceptional past service costs of £1.0m were estimated in relation 
to a recent UK High Court ruling that trustees of UK defined benefit 
pension schemes must equalise guaranteed minimum pensions. 
The past service cost increases the pension liability. 

The prior year exceptional restructuring charge of £2.1m related to a 
restructuring programme at Johnson Tiles UK announced in April 2018.

Net finance costs
Net finance income for the year of £0.3m compare to a £6.1m cost in 
2018, the improvement mainly due to the movement in the fair value 
of foreign exchange contracts reflecting income in the year of £3.6m 
(2018: £3.1m cost). Bank interest payable of £1.8m (2018: £1.1m) was 
higher than the previous year due to an increased level of debt 
following the Merlyn acquisition.

In addition, the Group has recognised a £1.3m interest cost in respect 
of the pension scheme liability (2018: £1.6m) which reduced by £0.3m 
principally reflecting the lower deficit at the start of the year.

NORCROS ADHESIVES CASE STUDY

ProPly Tile Backer Board provides 
a backbone for tiling projects 

THE CHALLENGE

When tiling a wall or floor, it is critically important for the integrity 
of your project that backgrounds are flat, rigid, stable and 
capable of supporting the weight of your tiles. 

THE SOLUTION

Norcros ProPly Tile Backer Board provides a strong and stable 
background for all types of projects, especially installations in 
bathrooms and wet rooms. This board meets the requirements 
of the latest British Standard, BS5385 Part 1, 2018, which deems 
plywood walls to be unsuitable to receive a direct tiled finish 
and recommends the use of a bespoke tiling backer board. 

THE RESULT

Norcros ProPly Tile Backer Board is a high performance, 
mineral-based, water-resistant backer board, which is both 
mould resistant and exceptionally strong. The product is 
manufactured using a process that produces very few CO2 
emissions, unlike cement particle and gypsum boards. The board 
is silica and asbestos free and has a Class A1 non-combustibility 
fire rating, making it ideal for use with underfloor heating and in 
build-ups for fire resistant systems and firewalls. 

The strength and rigidity of the board allows bathroom accessories 
to be fixed through the tiles into the backer board. It is also highly 
versatile, being suitable for over-boarding new and existing timber 
floor, and covering concrete floors, stud walls or masonry walls. 

22

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Strategic reportProfit before tax
Underlying profit before tax was £32.6m (2018: £26.3m), reflecting 
the increased underlying operating profit of £7.0m noted above. 
Underlying profit before tax is reconciled as shown below:

Profit before taxation from 
continuing operations
Adjusted for:
– IAS 19R administrative expenses
– acquisition related costs
– exceptional operating items
– amortisation of costs of raising finance
–  net movement on fair value of 
derivative financial instruments

– IAS 19R finance cost

Underlying profit before taxation

2019
£m

2018
£m

25.4

1�.5

1.5
3.8
4.0
0.2

(3.6)
1.3

32.6

1.�
�.�
2.1
0.�

�.1
1.6

26.�

Taxation
The tax charge for the year of £6.0m (2018: £3.6m) represents an 
effective tax rate for the year of 23.6% (2018: 26.7%). This reduction 
in effective tax rate is mainly due to a lower proportion of the 
Group’s taxable profits being generated in South Africa and the 
lower non-deductible acquisition related costs incurred in the 
current year. 

The standard rates of corporation tax in the UK and South Africa 
were 19% (2018: 19%) and 28% (2018: 28%) respectively.

Dividends
As previously announced, it is the Board’s intention to continue 
a progressive yet prudent dividend policy subject to the Group’s 
earnings, cash flow and balance sheet position. As such the Board 
is recommending a final dividend of 5.6p (2018: 5.2p) per share, 
which, if approved, together with the interim dividend of 2.8p 
(2018: 2.6p), makes a total dividend of 8.4p (2018: 7.8p) in respect 
of the year ended 31 March 2019.

This final dividend, if approved at the Annual General Meeting, will 
be payable on 2 August 2019 to shareholders on the register on 
21 June 2019. The shares will be quoted ex-dividend on 20 June 2019.

Norcros plc operates a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP). 
If a shareholder wishes to use the DRIP the latest date to elect 
for this in respect of this final dividend is 6 July 2019.

Balance Sheet
The Group’s balance sheet is summarised below.

Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill and intangible assets
Deferred tax
Net current assets excluding cash 
and borrowings
Pension scheme liability
Other non-current assets 
and liabilities
Cash and borrowings

Net assets

2019
£m

42.3
94.9
0.8

61.0
(31.6)

(6.7)
(35.0)

125.7

2018
£m

�5.0
98.9
�.0

58.0
(�8.0)

(6.2)
(�7.1)

10�.6

Total net assets increased by £21.1m to £125.7m (2018: £104.6m). 

Property, plant and equipment reduced by £2.7m overall, and 
included additions of £5.8m (2018: £7.5m). The depreciation and 
underlying amortisation charge was £6.9m (2018: £6.4m) and 
exchange differences were £2.4m (2018: £0.1m). The disposals 
in the year had no impact on net book value which was the same 
in the prior year. 

The deferred tax asset reduced by £3.2m to £0.8m (2018: £4.0m). 
The decrease mainly relates to a reduction in the deferred tax 
asset of £2.8m reflecting the current year actuarial gains in the 
pension plan. 

Pension schemes
On an IAS 19R accounting basis, the gross defined benefit pension 
scheme valuation of the UK scheme showed a deficit of £31.6m 
compared to a deficit of £48.0m last year. Whilst the value of 
scheme assets reduced by £3.2m in the year, the value of the 
liabilities fell by £19.6m, which was primarily due to the impact of 
experience adjustments on the actual mortality rates experienced 
in the scheme. 

The triennial actuarial valuation for the Group’s UK defined benefit 
pension scheme completed in March 2015 and showed a deficit 
of £73.5m (2012: £61.9m) representing an 84% funding level 
(2012: 85%). The deficit recovery plan for that valuation was agreed 
with the scheme Trustee, with a cash contribution of £2.5m per 
annum starting in April 2016, and increasing with CPI, for a period 
of ten years. 

In line with the above agreement the Group made deficit recovery 
contributions of £2.6m (2018: £2.5m) into its UK defined benefit 
pension scheme during the year.

We have reached agreement with the pension scheme Trustee 
on the 2018 actuarial valuation and on a new deficit recovery plan. 
The actuarial deficit at 1 April 2018 was £49.3m (2015: £73.5m) 
representing an 89% funding level and contributions of £3.25m 
per annum plus CPI will be payable for the 6.5 years to 
30 September 2025. The Company and the Trustee regard 
this as an appropriate outcome. The 2018 valuation has been 
recently submitted to the Pensions Regulator.

The Group’s contributions to its defined contribution pension 
schemes were £3.6m (2018: £3.5m).

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

23

Strategic reportGroup Finance Director’s report continued

Bank funding
The Group increased the amount of its committed banking 
facilities to £120m (plus a £30m accordion) at the time of the 
Merlyn acquisition in November 2017. The maturity date was 
originally November 2021 with an option to extend for a further 
year. The Group exercised this option in the current year and has 
extended the maturity date of the facility to November 2022.

New Accounting Standards
IFRS 16, the new accounting standard for leases replacing IAS 17, 
will have a material impact on Norcros’ accounts in the year 
to March 2020. While it does not change the underlying nature 
of our business, from an accounting perspective, it recognises 
leased assets as ‘right of use’ assets held on the balance 
sheet and classifies future lease liabilities as a financial liability. 
An assessment of the impact on the 2019/20 opening balance 
sheet has been performed which estimates the financial lease 
liability and corresponding right of use asset at £27m. Based on 
this assessment the differential between the lease cost under 
IAS 17 and depreciation under IFRS 16 will give rise to an estimated 
increase in underlying operating profit of £0.3m and an estimated 
decrease in underlying profit before tax of £1.5m in the year to 
31 March 2020. The impact assessment does not take into account 
any leases acquired or entered into after the 31 March 2019. 
The interim accounts for the period ending 30 September 2019 
will be prepared on an IFRS 16 basis. 

During 2018, IFRS 9 (Financial instruments) and IFRS 15 (Revenue 
from contracts with customers) were adopted, with an immaterial 
impact on the Group’s accounts.

Shaun Smith
Group Finance Director
12 June 2019

Cash flow and net debt
Net debt reduced by £12.1m in the year to £35.0m (2018: £47.1m). 
A summary of the movement in net debt is shown below.

Underlying operating cash flow was £8.8m higher than in the prior 
year at £39.8m (2018: £31.0m). Overall underlying cash conversion 
in the year was 96.4% of underlying EBITDA (2018: 91.7%).

Cash generated from operating activities was £11.8m higher than 
the previous year at £35.3m, largely due to the £8.8m improvement 
in underlying operating cash flows and the £3.1m reduction in 
outflows from exceptional items and acquisition related costs. 
Cash flows from exceptional items and acquisition related costs 
in the current year primarily relate to costs of the restructuring 
at Johnson Tiles, whilst in the prior year they mainly relate to the 
Merlyn acquisition in addition to Johnson Tiles restructuring costs. 

Underlying operating cash flow
Cash flows from exceptional items 
and acquisition related costs
Pension fund deficit recovery 
contributions

Cash flow generated from 
operations
Net interest paid
Taxation

Net cash generated from operating 
activities
Capital expenditure
Proceeds on disposal of property, 
plant and equipment
Acquisitions
Dividends
Share transactions
Other items

Movement in net debt
Opening net debt

Closing net debt

2019
£m

39.8

(1.9)

(2.6)

35.3
(1.8)
(4.6)

28.9
(5.6)

0.1
(2.1)
(6.4)
(0.9)
(1.9)

12.1
(47.1)

(35.0)

2018
£m

�1.0

(5.0)

(2.5)

2�.5
(1.1)
(�.9)

17.5
(7.7)

—
(59.1)
(5.0)
�0.1
0.�

(2�.9)
(2�.2)

(�7.1)

Acquisition expenditure of £2.1m mainly relates to the payment 
of deferred consideration. In the previous year, the expenditure 
of £59.1m relates primarily to the acquisition of Merlyn.

Capital expenditure at £5.6m (2018: £7.7m) included a plant 
upgrade and capacity expansion programme for Johnson Tiles SA. 
We further invested in the retail portfolio in Tile Africa, major 
items included the new store at Polokwane North and other store 
upgrades, mainly at Pietermaritzburg and Polokwane South. 
In the UK, we continued to invest in operational improvements, 
new product programmes and development, including an 
upgrade of our digital printing capability at Johnson Tiles.

24

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Strategic reportSouth African Rand
Euro
US Dollar

South African Rand
Euro
US Dollar

Revenue (£m)
Underlying operating profit (£m)
Underlying profit before tax (£m)
Underlying diluted earnings per share (pence)
Underlying return on capital employed (%)
Underlying operating cash flow (£m) 
Net debt (£m)

Definitions of alternative performance measures are provided in note 8 to the financial statements.

Average rate vs £

2019

17.95
1.14
1.31

Closing rate vs £

2019

18.79
1.16
1.30

2018

17.�2
1.1�
1.��

2018

16.65
1.1�
1.�1

2019

2018

Change

331.0
34.4
32.6
31.7
18.2
39.8
(35.0)

�00.1
27.�
26.�
29.5
18.0
�1.0
(�7.1)

10.�%
25.5%
2�.0%
7.5%
+20bps
+28.�%
+£12.1m

MERLYN CASE STUDY

Barratt London – Landmark Place

THE CHALLENGE

Barratt London is a market leading residential developer and over 
the years they have helped shape one of the world’s most exciting, 
diverse and dynamic cities. Barratt London chose MERLYN to 
provide high end showering solutions for phases of its new flagship 
development, Landmark Place, overlooking the River Thames. 

Comprising 165 different-sized apartments, with penthouse 
suites costing in excess of £10m, this unique city location 
required MERLYN to also tailor delivery logistics and onsite 
installation support.

THE SOLUTION

MERLYN supplied its premium 10 and 8 Series shower 
enclosures, bespoke luxury shower walls and bath screens, 
working with Barratt London to deploy the consistent, proactive 
working ethos for which MERLYN is renowned. MERLYN offered a 
solution from survey to measurement, design to supply, with 
standard and bespoke fitting solutions, and an exemplary 
after-sales service.

THE RESULT

MERLYN provided tailored specifications across the project with 
personalised profiles of products in the penthouse suites, which 
complemented the exclusive colour finishes requested. Working 
with prestigious builders like Barratt London on ongoing 
developments across the UK further accentuates MERLYN’s 
superior brand reputation. 

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

25

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Supporting objectives through risk 
identification, monitoring and mitigation.

There are a number of potential risks and uncertainties which could have a material impact on the Group’s performance. 
The objective of our risk management programme, summarised in our risk management framework, is to support the 
business in meeting its strategic and operational objectives through the identification, monitoring and mitigation of risk. 

Risk management framework 
How we manage risk
Our risk management activities form part of a flexible and robust governance framework, owned by the Board and overseen 
by the Audit and Risk Committee. It consists of the following key elements:

(1) Defined risk responsibilities:
Board – Overall responsibility for risk management. Defines 
the Group’s risk appetite and culture 

Audit and Risk Committee – Oversight and independent 
assurance of the framework

Management – Day to day operational management 
of risk following Group policies and reporting 

(3) Defined risk processes 

(2) Defined risk policies and reporting:
•  Formal risk policy 

•  Divisional support from Group Head of Internal Audit and Risk 

•  Standardised, regular risk reporting

t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
m
k
s
i
r
p
u
m
o
t
t
o
b
d
n
a
n
w
o
d
p
o
t
d
e
t
a
r
g
e
t
n
I

Group
STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT
Identification, review and 
management of Group risks

Group and business units
RISK MONITORING
Review of risk registers

Group Internal Audit and Risk
INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE
Facilitate risk reviews

Reporting on principal risks 
and uncertainties

Group Audit and Risk Committee
RISK OVERSIGHT
Review management 
of top risks

Business units
OPERATIONAL RISK 
MANAGEMENT
Update and maintain risk registers

What we monitor

Risk landscape
Current risks:
Risks that could affect our business, 
customers, supply chain, employees, 
stakeholders and impact the achievement 
of strategic goals

Emerging risks:
“New” risks with a future impact, 
identified through the internal risk 
assessment process

Risk categories
•  Strategic

•  Commercial

•  Operational

•  Financial

•  People

•  Regulatory/legal

•  Fraud

26

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

What we assess
Risk ownership: Each risk has a named owner

Risk scoring: Each risk is assessed in terms of impact 
and likelihood, using a standard scoring scale

Inherent risk: Before mitigating controls

Residual risk: After mitigating controls are applied

Target risk: Desired or acceptable level of risk

Actions: Including target dates to address current 
risks scoring higher than target risks (i.e. risks that are 
“out of appetite”)

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks
Our risk management framework identifies the principal risks and uncertainties that we consider may threaten the Group’s business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. These are explained in further detail in the table below, including how they are being 
managed or mitigated. The Board has carried out a robust assessment of these and taken them into consideration when assessing the 
long-term viability of the Company on page 31. The list does not comprise all the risks that the Group may face and they are not listed in 
any order of priority. Our current view is that these risks remain stable but we continue to monitor them for any changes as part of our risk 
management process.

Strategic risks

Uncertainty 
surrounding Brexit

Description
Negotiations have been underway 
to agree the terms of the UK’s exit 
from the European Union. There is 
continuing uncertainty around how 
this will potentially impact the Group’s 
operations and what the ramifications 
will be in the markets in which the 
Group carries on its business.

Impact
Changes in the way goods are imported 
into and exported from the UK may result 
in higher tariffs and other cost increases.

Economic uncertainty may impact input 
costs, consumer confidence and demand 
for the Group’s products.

Mitigation
The Group continues to regularly 
monitor the markets and economic 
indicators in which it trades and is 
experienced in implementing 
appropriate mitigating actions. 
Group-wide business-specific Brexit risk 
assessments have been conducted 
to confirm appropriate mitigants are 
in place.

The Group has strong relationships with 
technical specialists and regularly liaises 
with them to ensure the Group is well 
placed to react to legislative or other 
changes which occur as a result 
of Brexit.

Acquisition risk

People risks

Staff retention and 
recruitment

Description
Part of the Group’s strategy is to grow 
through selective acquisitions.

Description
The Group employs over 2,200 
people worldwide. 

Impact
Performance of acquired businesses 
may not reach expectations impacting 
Group profitability and cash flow.

Mitigation
The Group has detailed target appraisal 
procedures in place, including appropriate 
due diligence, and has senior management 
experienced in M&A work. The Group also 
has robust Board approval procedures 
in place to ensure independent review 
of proposals.

Integration plans are finalised prior to 
acquisitions completing to ensure newly 
acquired businesses are integrated 
efficiently and swiftly after acquisition, 
and Group Internal Audit and Risk 
conducts post-integration audits to 
ensure operations are fully integrated. 
Recent acquisitions provide demonstrable 
evidence of the Group’s ability to 
successfully integrate new businesses.

Impact
The Group’s ability to grow and increase 
its market share depends significantly on 
its continuing ability to recruit and retain 
highly skilled employees in each area of 
its activities. Future growth plans may 
be restricted or delayed by difficulties 
experienced in recruiting and retaining 
appropriate staff.

Mitigation
Group policy is to remunerate personnel 
in line with market rates and practices. In 
addition to competitive salaries – bonus 
schemes, share options and other 
benefits are offered.

Executive and key management are 
incentivised through an Approved 
Performance Share Plan (APSP). A grant 
of options under the APSP has taken 
place annually since 2011.

The Group is able to offer personnel 
appropriate training and development 
opportunities and has a demonstrable 
track record of internal promotion.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

27

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Commercial risks

Market conditions

Loss of key customers

Competition

Description
The Group operates within a highly 
competitive environment in all 
its markets. 

Impact
The Group recognises that there 
is a risk to its results and financial 
condition caused by the actions of 
its competitors, including competitors’ 
marketing strategies and new 
product development. 

Mitigation
To help identify such risks, the 
competitive environment, the specific 
business marketplace and actions of 
particular competitors are reviewed and 
discussed at both Group and operating 
divisional Board meetings. In addition, 
each market is carefully monitored to 
identify any significant shift in policy by 
any competitor, any change in the routes 
to market, or any indication of new 
competitors and/or new product 
technology entering the market.

Description
Whilst the Group has a diverse range of 
customers there are nevertheless certain 
key customers who account for high 
levels of revenue.

Impact
Many of the contractual arrangements with 
customers are short term in nature (as is 
common in our markets) and there exists 
a risk that the current performance of a 
business may not be maintained if such 
contracts were not renewed or extended 
or were maintained at lower volumes due 
to a decline in economic activity.

Mitigation
The importance of relationships with key 
customers is recognised and managed 
by senior management within the Group 
who have direct and regular access to 
their counterparts at the highest levels 
of management.

Rebate schemes and incentive 
programmes help maintain these 
key relationships in a competitive 
market situation.

The Group stresses key selling points 
such as continuity of supply, financial 
strength of the Group and the level of 
customer service to help maintain 
relationships. As well as an excellent 
product offering, the Group is also able 
to take care of customers’ sourcing, 
storage and logistics requirements.

Description
Demand in our markets is dependent 
on new building activity and repair, 
maintenance and improvement (RMI) 
activity in both the public and private 
sectors. This is in turn influenced by 
macroeconomic factors, consumer 
confidence and government spending 
policy in our key markets. 

Impact
If market conditions unexpectedly 
deteriorated, demand for our products 
would reduce, impacting profitability 
and cash generation.

Mitigation
There are a number of factors that would 
limit the impact on the Group, including 
the breadth of products offered, the 
geographical spread of our businesses, 
a flexible cost base and supply chain and 
the replacement cycle of a number of 
our key products.

On an ongoing basis, actions are taken 
to ensure the Group has the time and 
ability to react to unexpected changes 
in demand, such as maintaining 
appropriate headroom against its 
borrowing facilities and covenants, 
maintaining strong working capital and 
capital expenditure controls and having 
disciplined planning, budgeting and 
forecasting processes.

In previous cyclical downturns, 
management has proved effective in 
proactively responding to such events, 
and it continues to have similar 
measures available to minimise the 
effects on profitability and cash 
generation should the need arise.

28

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Strategic reportOperational risks

Reliance on 
production facilities

Description
The Group has a number of facilities for 
the manufacture of tiles and adhesives.

Impact
If any of these facilities (including 
technology used to operate them) 
were to fail, the effect on the Group 
could be significant.

Mitigation
The Group has a well-established 
ongoing preventative maintenance 
programme as well as a comprehensive 
“annual shutdown” programme throughout 
its manufacturing operations.

Furthermore, the Group has developed 
an experienced globally co-ordinated 
product sourcing function which could 
mitigate the risk of failure.

Finished inventory holdings across the 
operations provide limited “buffer” 
stocks in the event of operational failure. 
Disaster recovery plans are in place and 
business continuity plans are being 
developed further. Additionally, 
a business interruption insurance policy 
is in place to mitigate losses caused by 
a serious insurable event affecting 
manufacturing capability.

Loss of key supplier

Cyber risk and data loss

Description
Availability of raw materials/
components/energy, and supply 
chain failure.

Raw materials, components and energy 
represent a significant proportion of the 
Group’s input costs. Availability of supply 
and product quality standards are key to 
minimising risk.

Impact
The Group’s extended supply chain with 
its dependency on interconnected third 
parties for manufacturing has a number 
of potential points of failure. In particular, 
the lack of supply of raw materials such 
as clay or sand, components such as 
electronics or brassware, or gas or 
electricity could have significant impacts 
on the Group’s ability to manufacture 
product. In addition, the risk of energy 
supply interruption is an elevated risk in 
South Africa as its utility infrastructure is 
less well developed than in the UK.

Mitigation
The Group manages supply chain risks 
through long term relationships with 
key suppliers, audits of key suppliers, 
dual supply of critical materials or 
components where considered 
appropriate and by holding 
appropriate levels of stock.

The Group maintains strict product 
quality standards and, in particular, 
has procurement and quality control 
resource in China to ensure these 
standards are adhered to. The Group 
will also look to mitigate risks on energy 
supply where these arise. 

Description
The Group relies heavily on several 
processes and automated systems to 
manage data and conduct its business. 
The continuing prevalence and 
increasing sophistication of cyber-crime 
and data loss incidents, along with more 
stringent data protection legislation 
compliance requirements, present risks 
to all businesses and organisations 
across the globe. 

Impact
A major failure of systems or a cyber-attack 
could result in a temporary inability to 
conduct operations or a loss of commercial 
and/or customer data. Such an incident 
may result in regulatory breaches, financial 
loss, disruption or damage to the reputation 
of the Group.

Mitigation
The Group uses modern systems that 
are maintained and updated to mitigate 
the risk of failure.

The latest network and security 
protocols are deployed, regularly tested 
and updated and dedicated business 
IT managers monitor services and 
networks in line with established policies 
and procedures.

Each business operates remote backups 
of data and the Group undertakes annual 
penetration testing conducted by 
certified third parties.

Following the extensive programme 
to ensure Group compliance with 
the requirements of the General Data 
Protection Regulation (GDPR), ongoing 
reviews are undertaken to confirm the 
effectiveness of the relevant processes 
and controls.

Staff are regularly briefed on cyber risks 
and controls and cyber insurance is in 
place to mitigate the impact of cyber 
related losses.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

29

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Financial risks

Exchange rate risk

Interest rate risk

Pension scheme risk

Description
The Group pays interest and other 
facility fees based on local base rates 
and LIBOR rates.

Impact
A significant increase in interest rates 
would affect the Group’s profitability and 
cash flow.

Mitigation
The Group’s interest rate risk is reviewed 
regularly by Executive Management 
and at least annually as part of the 
Group budget process, and where 
considered appropriate the Group will 
enter into hedging arrangements. Given 
the current low level of interest rates, 
it is not considered advantageous to 
enter into hedging arrangements at 
the current time.

Description
The Group’s financial performance is 
subject to the effects of fluctuations in 
foreign exchange rates. In particular, the 
Group sources a significant proportion 
of its components and goods for resale 
from the Far East and Europe which are 
denominated in foreign currencies 
(primarily the US Dollar, Euro 
and Renminbi).

Impact
Should Sterling or the South African 
Rand weaken against the major 
currencies this could result in an 
increase in future input costs.

Mitigation
The Group typically seeks to hedge 
its foreign exchange transactional 
flows for up to twelve months forward, 
which largely removes the effects of 
day to day exchange rate volatility 
on our businesses.

Regular monitoring of exchange rates 
and market conditions, together with 
frequent dialogue with suppliers, allows 
our businesses time to negotiate revised 
commercial terms with customers to 
mitigate the impact of longer-term 
changes in exchange rates.

The Group may, where it is considered 
appropriate, denominate some of its 
borrowings in other currencies to hedge 
translational asset risk.

Description
The Group’s pension position is subject 
to a number of risks including changes 
in interest rates, inflation and mortality 
(see note 22 for more detail).

Impact
The above risks could adversely affect the 
funding of the defined benefits under the 
scheme and consequently the Group’s 
funding obligations.

Mitigation
The scheme was closed to new 
members and future accrual with 
effect from 1 April 2013 and replaced by 
an auto-enrolment compliant defined 
contribution scheme. Risks from rising 
costs of providing a final salary pension 
scheme have therefore been 
materially reduced.

All asset investments are managed 
by professional fund managers and 
a diverse asset portfolio is maintained 
to spread risk and return.

Executive Management regularly 
monitors the funding position of the 
scheme and is represented on the 
Trustee board to monitor and assess 
investment performance and other 
risks to the Group.

The Group considers each valuation 
(IAS 19R and technical provisions basis) 
and reassesses its position regarding its 
pension commitments in conjunction 
with external actuarial advice. 

The Group’s financial results show a net 
deficit in this scheme, as at 31 March 2019, 
of £31.6m (2018: £48.0m) assessed in 
accordance with the accounting 
standard IAS 19R. 

We have reached agreement with 
the pension scheme Trustee on the 
2018 actuarial valuation and on a new 
recovery plan. The actuarial deficit at 
1 April 2018 was £49.3m (2015: £73.5m) 
and contributions of £3.25m per annum 
plus CPI will be payable for the 6.5 years 
to 30 September 2025. 

30

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Strategic reportViability statement

In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the 2016 revision of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the Directors have assessed the viability 
of the Group over a longer period than the twelve months required by 
the “going concern” provision. Taking into account the Group’s current 
position and the nature of the risks and uncertainties it faces, the Board 
has decided to assess the viability of the Group over a three-year 
period to 31 March 2022. The Board considers this period appropriate 
as it believes it is not possible to credibly forecast beyond this time 
horizon, it reviews annually a three-year strategic plan and it is also the 
period over which long-term incentives are set for Executive Directors 
and senior management.

The strategic plan is based on our current strategy set out on page 10. 
It is built up by individual businesses, using the output of the annual 
budgeting process for year one and applying conservative general and 

business-specific assumptions to build years two and three. The Board 
considers the outputs from this plan, including the Group’s cash flows, 
headroom under existing financial facilities, dividend cover and other 
key financial ratios over the three-year period. The strategic plan has 
then been stress tested by modelling severe but plausible downside 
scenarios linked to our principal risks set out in the Strategic Report on 
pages 26 to 30. The Board then focused on the most extreme but 
plausible scenario, that being a market down-turn similar to that 
encountered by the Group following the global financial crisis of 
2008/09, considering its impact on the Group’s financial performance 
(specifically headroom on our financial facilities and covenants) 
after taking account of mitigating actions that would be made in 
such a scenario.

The table below details this scenario:

Strategic plan flexed for severe 
but plausible scenario

Severe market downturn similar 
to that experienced in 2008/09

Link to principal risks 
and uncertainties

Market conditions

Level of severity tested

Conclusion

16% fall in like for like revenue in year 
one followed by modest growth in 
the following years

£8.8m one-off exceptional cost 
in year one

The stress testing indicates 
that the Group would be able 
to withstand the impact of 
these severe but plausible 
scenarios over the viability 
statement period

Depreciation of  
South African Rand

Foreign currency 
exchange risk

30% depreciation of the South African 
Rand over the viability period

Based on this assessment the Board believes that, taking into account its current position, the principal risks it faces and the mitigating actions 
available to it, the Group will be able to continue in operation and to meet its liabilities as they fall due for the three-year period of its assessment.

TAL CASE STUDY

Pearl Sky at Pearls of Umhlanga 
Kwa-Zulu Natal, South Africa

THE CHALLENGE

This 40,000m2, multi-storey residential development required 
tiles to be installed over wood and power floated floors. High-rise 
buildings constantly experience movement through expansion 
and contraction and require a specialist adhesive system to 
accommodate these movements. 

THE SOLUTION

TAL supplied a multi-level system for levelling floors and tiling in 
a high-rise building. This consisted of a primer layer including 
levelling, an underlayment, an adhesive system, and grout and 
sealer for the movement joints. 

THE RESULT

Because TAL’s products are designed for the harsh South 
African climate, and to be fully compatible with each other, they 
were the perfect solution for this prestigious project.

The Pearls of Umhlanga, which overlooks Umhlanga’s 
beachfront, has won numerous architectural awards and 
is setting new standards for South African developments, 
offering the most opulent of lifestyles.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

31

Strategic reportCorporate responsibility and sustainability

Ensuring long-term sustainability.

The Board promotes the success of Norcros for the benefit of its shareholders as a whole. 
In doing this, the Board takes regular account of many things, including the interests of all 
employees, the importance of positive relationships with suppliers and customers and the 
significance of environmental, ethical and social factors affecting the Group. We recognise that 
management of these matters is key to ensuring the long-term sustainability of our businesses.

GENDER OF DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES1

Company Directors

Other senior managers2

Total employees

1

5

80+

Female

Male

4

16

662

64

2,07575+
68+

1,413

48

1  As at 31 March 2019.

2   As defined by the Companies Act this category includes all employees responsible for 

planning, directing or controlling the activities of the Group, excluding Company Directors.

Employees
The importance of good relations with all employees is well 
recognised and accepted throughout the Group. The Board has 
always been keen to promote employee engagement. The Group is 
fully committed to keeping its employees informed about their work 
unit and the wider business, but because the Group’s activities are 
generally organised on a de-centralised basis, with each operating 
business having a reasonable degree of autonomy over its 
operations, there is no uniform set of arrangements for employee 
involvement imposed throughout the Group. Nevertheless, all 
businesses in the Group are strongly encouraged to devise and 
adopt whatever means of employee consultation best suits their 
circumstances. We believe this approach provides flexibility and 
enables divisional management to tailor its approach to employee 
engagement to the needs of its particular business. The Board stays 
in touch with all our employees via regular meetings with divisional 
management and site visits to our operations, and receives reports 
on employee engagement.

Across Norcros, great emphasis is placed on the recruitment, 
training and development of our people. All businesses have training 
programmes for staff and we have examples of best practice 
regarding management development. Norcros also recognises 
the need to train its staff, in order to give them the necessary skills 
to perform their duties to the high standards required. 

32

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

From apprentice to full time employee

TRITON

In June 2018 Robert Ormston completed his apprenticeship 
as a Maintenance Trainee. The programme was delivered 
through a mix of training at the Midland Group Training 
Service and on site at Triton. As a result, Robert is now 
a full time Maintenance Technician at Triton.

Strategic report20
+
G
32
+
G
25
+
G
We are committed across all Norcros businesses to education and 
career development.

The Group recognises its responsibilities towards disabled persons 
and therefore all applications from such persons are fully and fairly 
considered bearing in mind the respective aptitudes and abilities 
of the applicant. In the event of existing employees becoming 
disabled, every effort is made to ensure that their employment 
with the Group continues and that appropriate training is arranged. 
It is the policy of the Group that the training, career development 
and promotion of disabled persons should, as far as possible, 
be identical to that of an able-bodied person.

Our people are key to our success as a business and we value the 
individuality and diversity that each employee brings. Prior to any 
senior appointment, the Nominations Committee ensures the best 
person for the role is appointed and in doing so gives due 
consideration to gender and diversity.

At senior leadership levels 25% of employees are female.

In April 2019 the Group again published its gender pay gap statistics 
for its UK employees in accordance with the Gender Pay Gap 
Reporting Regulations. These are available on our website: 
www.norcros.com. They show the existence of a gender pay gap. 
Based on current reported information, Norcros in the UK has a 
gender pay gap which ranks us in the third quartile of the ranking of 
the reporting entities, using the “mean average hourly rate” measure.

The Board of Norcros plc is committed to gender equality and 
is satisfied that there is no pay inequality at Norcros – men and 
women are paid equally for equal work. However, for historical and 
sociological reasons, there is a preponderance of male employees 
in some areas of the business, particularly in senior roles. This 
generates a gender pay gap, as these roles tend to be better 
paid and receive larger bonuses. As stated above, the Board is 
committed to promoting diversity in all its forms and will seek to 
address the causes of this imbalance, where this is practicable.

Across Norcros, great emphasis is 
placed on the recruitment, training 
and development of our people. 
All businesses have training 
programmes for staff, and we have 
examples of best practice regarding 
management development.”

Business partners
We seek to create and maintain long-term relationships with 
our key suppliers, and often work together with suppliers and 
customers to develop new products and improve existing ones. 
The Group publishes its supplier payment data for the UK in 
accordance with supplier payment reporting regulations.

Hydrologics training centre

VADO

The Hydrologics Studio is a state-of-the-art training and 
visitor facility located at VADO, Cheddar, designed to 
provide visitors with a thorough understanding of brassware 
manufacturing, plumbing systems, showering and water 
saving technology.

The centre’s attractive five-star boutique hotel environment 
also allows for an enjoyable and memorable visit, leaving 
visitors with a lasting “wow” experience. Each tour aims to 
add to the technical product knowledge VADO’s visitors 
already possess and will always be pitched to precisely the 
right level.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

33

Strategic reportCorporate responsibility and sustainability continued

Human rights
We are committed to respecting the dignity of the individual and to 
support the United Nations Declaration of Human Rights and other 
core conventions. As a result the Directors do not consider human 
rights issues to be a material risk for the Group, principally due to the 
existing regulatory frameworks in place in the UK and South Africa, 
being the primary geographical locations in which we operate. 
In South Africa, the business is cognisant of its responsibilities 
under the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment legislation. 
In addition, the Group has its Modern Slavery Act statement and a 
policy in support of this. More generally, our corporate values focus 
on respect, integrity and fairness.

The environment
Care for the environment and sustainability are at the forefront 
of all our activities and products. The Board recognises that the 
Group’s activities do have an impact on the environment. We seek 
to manufacture all our products in a sustainable way and many 
of the products themselves contain environmental features – for 
example, our taps and showers encourage water and energy 
saving and our tiles and adhesives use recycled products where 
appropriate. In addition, and as featured on page 17, our taps can 
include a filtered water function which reduces demand for 
bottled mineral water. 

Norcros is committed to minimising this impact by continually 
improving its efficiency in terms of energy, water and material 
consumption. We also have rigorous programmes to seek to 
ensure compliance with all environmental legislation and 
requirements relating to our operations and our products.

The Group aims to minimise its carbon footprint. Its greenhouse 
gas emissions are reported on in detail on page 66. Whilst there 
has been a modest increase in overall emissions compared to last 
year, this has to be considered in the context of the overall growth 
in the activities of the Group. Relative to revenue, emissions have 
fallen by 0.5% year on year. We are cognisant of our obligations 
in the UK as regards the Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme 
initiative, and we were fully compliant with this in the financial 
year under review.

For further information on Norcros’ commitment to the 
environment and sustainability please visit the “Corporate 
Responsibility” section of www.norcros.com.

Norcros is committed to minimising 
this impact by continually improving 
its efficiency in terms of energy, 
water and material consumption.”

34

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Best Environmental 
Initiative

ADHESIVES

Norcros Adhesives has won the Gold Award for Best 
Environmental Initiative for the third year in a row, with the 
launch of environmentally friendly products including 
Norcros Pro 30 Fast Track Eco Levelling Compound, which 
contains recycled crushed glass, rather than quarried sand, 
and Norcros Pro Ply, an eco-friendly tile backer board, 
manufactured from mineral-based magnesium oxide, 
meaning that very little CO2 is emitted during its manufacture. 

It is also a Gold member of the Supply Chain Sustainability 
School, which is a construction industry initiative designed 
to promote sustainability in construction supply chains. 
It provides free support in the form of e-learning modules, 
tailored self-assessment and action plans, sustainability 
training and networking.

Ethics
The Group aims to act with integrity towards all stakeholders in its 
businesses and respects the laws, regulations and customs in all 
the countries within which it operates. The Group makes every 
effort to ensure its employees are aware of, and comply with, the 
relevant business’ ethical code.

The Group has implemented an anti-bribery policy to comply with 
the Bribery Act 2010. Appropriate procedures are in place at each 
location to mitigate the risk of any employee committing an 
offence under this Act. 

We have published a Modern Slavery Act statement, which 
emphasises the Group’s commitment to the eradication of slavery 
and human trafficking, both within Norcros and in its supply chains.

In order to ensure an open culture of legal and ethical compliance, 
all of the businesses in the Group have in place “whistleblowing” 
procedures, so that any concerns can be raised. During the year 
the Audit and Risk Committee has reviewed these arrangements 
and is satisfied that all Group employees may, in confidence, raise 
concerns about possible improprieties.

Strategic reportUnemployment support

SOUTH AFRICA

In 2018, Norcros SA launched its graduate and learnership 
programmes, to facilitate the employment of its young 
people and to address the skills gap that existed in the 
industry. 19 unemployed learners were permanently placed 
at the end of their programmes in 2018.

Educational initiatives
This year has seen the launch of several programmes aimed 
at skills development for the previously unemployed in society. 
At a basic level, our Norcros Tiling Academy took in another 
batch of very enthusiastic learners, keen to learn the trade of 
tiling. In another programme, young unemployed people 
were selected by Norcros SA to commence a year of study 
and workplace experience to lift them into the realm of the 
employable. In addition, more unemployed people were 
accepted onto an artisan apprentice programme. 

Social
Our commitment to the society in which we operate is deep. Every 
Group business has programmes of social engagement, including 
many charitable activities. Each business has a track record of 
supporting local and national charities and other voluntary sector 
organisations. Given our de-centralised structure, business units in 
the Group are encouraged to become involved in and support local 
initiatives where possible. The Executive Management of the Group 
supports this commitment to our society and reviews each business’ 
activities on a monthly basis. A specific example of our commitment 
to the society in which we operate is given in the case study for Vado:

Vado Rally 2018

VADO

The Vado Rally raised over £100,000 for its children’s 
charity, Variety, and the Rainy Day Trust. 22 teams dressed 
themselves and their vehicles in wild and off-the-wall 
designs and travelled a total of 1,000 miles across 
6 countries. 

The money raised helped to provide a 17-seater Variety 
Sunshine Coach to transport children to local events. 
Mrs White from Variety referred to the coach as “an 
amazing resource, which will allow pupils with profound 
and multiple learning difficulties to develop an awareness 
of their local environment. We are extremely grateful 
for the support our students have received from Variety 
and Vado.” 

Strategic Report
To the members of Norcros plc

The Strategic Report provides a review of the business for the 
financial year and describes how we manage risks.

The report outlines the developments and performance of the 
Group during the financial year and the position at the end of 
the year and discusses the main trends and factors that could 
affect the business in the future.

Key performance indicators are published to show the 
performance and position of the Group. Also provided is an 
outline of the Group’s vision, strategy and objectives, along with 
the business model.

Approval
The Group Strategic Report on pages 1 to 35 of Norcros plc was 
approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Nick Kelsall
Group Chief Executive
12 June 2019

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

35

Strategic reportBoard of Directors

A strong leadership team committed 
to driving our strategy for growth.

Martin Towers
Chair of the Board

Nick Kelsall
Group Chief Executive

Shaun Smith
Group Finance Director

David McKeith
Non-executive Director

Committee membership

N R

Date of appointment

Joined the Board in July 2011 
and was appointed Chair in 
November 2012

Length of tenure

A N

R

Chief Executive on 1 April 2011 
having previously served as 
Group Finance Director since 
October 1996

Appointed Group Finance 
Director in April 2016

Appointed to the Board 
in July 2013

Seven years

Eight years

Three years

Five years

Skills and experience

Martin is also the non-executive 
chairman of Tyman plc and 
Restore plc. He was the senior 
independent director of RPC 
Group plc but stepped down 
from the board in July 2018. 
He was also formerly chief 
executive officer of Spice plc 
and prior to that group finance 
director of Kelda Group plc, 
Spring Ram Corporation plc 
and McCarthy and Stone plc. 
He is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales.

Nick joined Norcros as Finance 
Director of H&R Johnson Tiles 
Limited in 1993. Formerly, Nick 
had held a number of senior 
financial management 
positions with Touche Ross, 
Manchester, and, immediately 
prior to joining Norcros, with 
Waterford Wedgwood Group 
plc. Nick was appointed as 
Group Chief Executive on 1 
April 2011 having previously 
served as Group Finance 
Director since October 1996. 
He is a member of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales.

Shaun was group finance 
director and treasurer at AGA 
Rangemaster Group plc 
(formerly Glynwed International 
Plc) until its takeover in 2015. 
He began his career in retail 
management and corporate 
treasury at Marks and Spencer 
plc before joining Glynwed 
International Plc in 1989. 
Shaun is a qualified Corporate 
Treasurer and has an economics 
degree. He became a 
non-executive director of 
Air Partner plc in 2016 and 
will step down from this role 
in June 2019.

David is Senior Independent 
Director and Chair of the 
Audit and Risk Committee. 
David was a senior partner 
of the Manchester 
and Liverpool offices of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
and served on its UK 
supervisory board. David 
was until August 2016 a 
non-executive director and 
audit committee chairman 
of Sportech plc, and is the 
chairman of the Halle 
Orchestra, Manchester. 
He is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales.

36

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governanceCommittee membership

Date of appointment

Length of tenure

Skills and experience

Jo Hallas
Non-executive Director

Alison Littley
Non-executive Director

Richard Collins
Company Secretary

A

N

R

A

N

R

Appointed to the Board 
in September 2012

Appointed to the Board 
in May 2019

Joined the Company in June 2013 
as Company Secretary and 
Group Counsel

Six years

One month

Six years

Richard qualified as a solicitor 
in 1988 and was previously 
company secretary and 
director of risk and compliance 
at Vertex Financial Services. 
Prior to that, Richard was 
company secretary and head 
of legal with Tribal Group plc, 
Blick plc and Aggregate 
Industries plc.

Jo is Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee. She is the chief 
executive of Tyman plc. She 
was prior to that a business 
group director for Spectris plc 
with responsibility for the 
in-line instrumentation and 
industrial controls segments. 
Prior to that Jo was general 
manager of the Invensys 
Residential Controls business 
and she has held a number of 
senior management positions 
with Bosch and Procter & 
Gamble both in the UK and 
overseas. Jo is a Chartered 
Engineer. Jo will be stepping 
down from the Board of 
Norcros plc at its AGM on 
23 July 2019.

Alison was appointed a 
Non-executive Director in 
May 2019 and will be appointed 
Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee in July 2019. Alison 
has substantial experience in 
multinational manufacturing and 
supply chain operations, and a 
strong international leadership 
background gained through a 
variety of senior management 
positions in Diageo plc and 
Mars Inc and an agency to 
HM Treasury where she was 
chief executive officer. She is 
currently a non-executive 
director at Headlam Group plc, 
James Hardie Industries Plc, 
Weightmans LLP and Geoffrey 
Osborne Group.

A

N

R

Audit and Risk Committee

Nominations Committee

Remuneration Committee

Chair of Committee

Re-election of 
all Directors
It is proposed that each 
Director (other than 
Jo Hallas) will seek 
election or re-election at 
the 2019 AGM. The Board 
is satisfied that the 
Directors, individually 
and collectively, contain 
the balance of technical 
expertise, skills and 
experience to manage 
the Company’s affairs 
and to further the Group’s 
strategic objectives. 
In particular, each Director 
has experience of growing 
an international business, 
organically, as well as 
by acquisition.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

37

Corporate governanceCorporate governance

Committed to ensuring high standards 
of corporate governance.

Chairman’s introduction to governance

For the year under review the Company has 
complied with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. We have carried out a 
thorough evaluation of Board performance 
which remains satisfactory.

Breakdown of Executive 
and Non-executive Directors

20+

  Non-executive Chairman 

  Non-executive Directors 

  Executive Directors 

1

2

2

(There are currently three Non-executive 
Directors as Alison Littley was appointed 
on 1 May 2019 as Chair designate of the 
Remuneration Committee; the current 
Chair, Jo Hallas, will step down at the 
next Annual General Meeting.)

Board of Directors
The Board is committed to ensuring that high standards of corporate 
governance are maintained by Norcros plc and is accountable to the 
Company’s shareholders for good corporate governance. Its policy 
is to manage the affairs of the Company in accordance with the 
principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code referred to in the 
Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority. For the year under review, 
the Company has complied with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
as revised in 2016 (the Code) in all respects. A copy of the Code is 
publicly available from www.frc.org.uk. The following sections of this 
statement describe the Board’s approach to corporate governance 
and how the principles of the Code are applied. These sections refer 
to the year ended 31 March 2019, unless otherwise stated.

During the current financial year, and in future years, the Board will be 
implementing the changes to the Code made in 2018 and applicable 
to the Company for the current financial year onwards.

Board balance and independence
The Board usually comprises a Non-executive Chairman, two 
Non-executive Directors and two Executive Directors, who are all 
equally responsible for the proper stewardship and leadership of 
the Company. At present there are three Non-executive Directors 
as there is a handover period between Jo Hallas and Alison Littley 
as Chair of the Remuneration Committee. The Directors holding 
office at the date of this report and their biographical details are 
given on pages 36 and 37. 

Taking into account the provisions of the Code, the Chairman and 
the two Non-executive Directors are considered by the Board to be 
independent of the Company’s Executive Management and free 
from any business or other relationship that could materially 
interfere with the exercise of their independent judgement. Alison 
Littley is likewise considered to be independent. The terms and 
conditions of appointment of the Chairman and the Non-executive 
Directors are available for inspection at the registered office of the 
Company. The letters of appointment set out the expected time 
commitment. Other significant commitments of the Chairman and 
Non-executive Directors are disclosed to the Board on a regular 
basis throughout the year. The Board is satisfied that the Chairman’s 
other significant commitments do not prevent him from devoting 
sufficient time to the Company.

Corporate governance40
+
40
+
G
Governance structure

The Board

Martin Towers (C)

Audit and Risk Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nominations Committee

David McKeith (C)
Jo Hallas
Alison Littley (appointed 1 May 2019 and 
to replace Jo Hallas from 23 July 2019)

Jo Hallas (C)
Alison Littley (appointed 1 May 2019 
and to replace Jo Hallas as 
Committee Chair from 23 July 2019)
Martin Towers 
David McKeith

Martin Towers (C)
David McKeith 
Jo Hallas
Alison Littley (appointed 1 May 2019 and 
to replace Jo Hallas from 23 July 2019)

David McKeith is the Senior Independent Non-executive Director. 
He is available to shareholders if they have any issues or concerns 
which contact through the normal channels of Chairman, Group 
Chief Executive or Group Finance Director has failed to address 
or resolve, or for which such contact is inappropriate.

All Directors are supplied, in a timely manner, with all relevant 
documentation and financial information to assist them in the 
discharge of their duties by the making of well-informed decisions 
that are in the best interests of the Company as a whole. The Board 
regularly reviews the management and financial performance of 
the Company, as well as long-term strategic planning and risk 
assessment. Regular reports are given to the Board on matters 
such as pensions, health and safety, and litigation.

Any concerns that a Director may have about how the Group is 
being run or about a course of action being proposed by the Board 
will, if they cannot be resolved once those concerns have been 
brought to the attention of the other Directors and the Chairman, 
be recorded in the Board minutes. In the event of the resignation 
of a Non-executive Director, that Director is encouraged to send 
a written statement setting out the reasons for the resignation 
to the Chairman who will then circulate it to the other members 
of the Board and the Company Secretary.

Chairman and Group Chief Executive
The positions of Chairman and Group Chief Executive are held 
by separate individuals and the Board has clearly defined their 
responsibilities. The Chairman is primarily responsible for the 
effective working of the Board, ensuring that each Director, 
particularly the Non-executive Directors, is able to make 
an effective contribution. The Group Chief Executive has 
responsibility for running the Group’s businesses and for the 
implementation of the Board’s strategy, policies and decisions.

Board, Committee and Director evaluation
The performance of the Board is appraised by the Chairman. The 
Executive and Non-executive Directors are evaluated individually 
by the Chairman. The Board, led by the Senior Independent 
Non-executive Director, appraises the Chairman, and the Board 
evaluates the performance of its three Committees. Evaluation 
processes are conducted periodically and they are organised to fit 
in with Board priorities and succession planning activity. A formal 
evaluation took place in the year under review in accordance with 
the requirements of the Code. This evaluation was conducted by 
means of detailed questionnaires, the results of which were then 
considered as appropriate, combined with meetings and discussions. 
The Chairman is responsible for the review of each Director’s 
development and ongoing training requirements to ensure that 
the performance of each Director continues to be effective.

Advice for Directors
Procedures have been adopted for the Directors to obtain access 
through the Company Secretary to independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense, where that Director judges it 
necessary in order to discharge their responsibilities as a Director 
of the Company.

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring 
that Board policies and procedures are complied with. Both the 
appointment and removal of the Company Secretary are matters 
reserved for decision by the Board.

Board procedures
The Board has a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved 
to it for decision which it reviews periodically. This ensures the 
Board takes all major strategy, policy and investment decisions 
affecting the Company. In addition, it is responsible for business 
planning and risk management policies and the development of 
policies for areas such as safety, health and environmental policies, 
Directors’ and senior managers’ remuneration and ethical issues. 
The Board provides direction to the management of the Company, 
and it is ultimately accountable for the performance of the Group.

The Board operates in such a way as to ensure that all decisions 
are made by the most appropriate people in a timely manner that 
will not unnecessarily delay progress. The Board has formally 
delegated specific responsibilities to Board Committees, namely 
the Nominations Committee, Audit and Risk Committee and 
Remuneration Committee. The Terms of Reference of those 
Committees are published on the Company’s website at 
www.norcros.com.

The report of the Nominations Committee is on page 47, the report 
of the Audit and Risk Committee is on pages 42 to 46 and the 
report of the Remuneration Committee is on pages 48 to 64.

The Board will also appoint committees to approve specific 
processes as deemed necessary, such as aspects of corporate 
transactions, or to authorise share option administrative actions.

The Directors and management teams of each Group company 
are responsible for those business entities. They are tasked with 
the delivery of targets approved by the Board on budgets, 
strategy and policy.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

39

Corporate governanceCorporate governance continued

Directors’ roles
The Executive Directors work solely for the Group. However, in 
appropriate circumstances, Executive Directors are encouraged to 
take on one non-executive directorship in another non-competing 
company or organisation. The Group Chief Executive has no 
non-executive directorships and the Group Finance Director is a 
non-executive director of Air Partner plc but will step down from 
this role on 26 June 2019.

The terms and conditions of appointment of the Non-executive 
Directors are available upon written request from the Company. 
All the Non-executive Directors confirm that they have sufficient 
time to meet the requirements of their role. They also confirm to 
disclose to the Company their other commitments and to give 
an indication of the time involved in each such commitment.

The annual evaluation process includes an assessment of whether 
the Non-executive Director is spending enough time to fulfil his/
her duties. If a Non-executive Director is offered an appointment 
elsewhere, the Chairman is informed before any such offer is 
accepted and the Chairman will subsequently inform the Board.

The Board has suitable procedures in place for ensuring that its 
powers to authorise conflict situations are operated effectively. 
Such powers are operated in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association by means of each Director having a 
responsibility to notify the Board of any conflict situation and 
for the Board to deal with that situation as appropriate.

The Board ensures that all new Directors (including Non-executive 
Directors) will receive a full, formal and tailored induction on joining 
the Company. As part of that induction procedure, the Chairman 
will offer to major shareholders the opportunity to meet a new 
Non-executive Director. The Chairman also periodically assesses 
the training and development needs of all Directors and ensures 
that any suitable training and updates are provided to Directors.

Retirement by rotation
Each of the Directors is subject to election by shareholders at the 
first Annual General Meeting after their appointment. Thereafter, in 
accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, all of the 
Directors are subject to retirement by rotation such that one third 
of the Directors retire from the Board each year and each Director 
must seek re-election at intervals of no more than three years. 
However, the Board has decided that every Director should, where 
appropriate, offer themselves for re-election at each Annual 
General Meeting. Accordingly, each continuing Director will seek 
re-election at the next Annual General Meeting. As Alison Littley 
was appointed by the Board on 1 May 2019, the Company will be 
seeking shareholder approval of her appointment at the next 
Annual General Meeting. Biographical details of all of the Directors 
are set out on pages 36 and 37, where there is also a statement on 
the Directors’ suitability for re-election. 

Financial reporting
When releasing the annual and interim financial statements the 
Directors aim to present a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Group’s results and prospects. The Directors 
have a collective responsibility for the preparation of the 
Annual Report and Accounts which is more fully explained 
in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 67.

40

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Attendance by individual Directors at meetings of the 
Board and its Committees
The attendance of Directors at the Board and principal Board 
Committee meetings during the year is detailed in the table below:

Main 
Board 
8 meetings

Audit and Risk
Committee 
� meetings

Remuneration
Committee
5 meetings

Nominations
Committee
� meetings

Martin Towers,
Chairman
Jo Hallas 
David McKeith
Nick Kelsall
Shaun Smith

8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8

�/�
�/�
�/�
—
—

5/5
5/5
5/5
—
—

�/�
�/�
�/�
—
—

Relations with shareholders
The Company recognises the importance of maintaining good 
communications with shareholders. The Company takes a 
number of steps to ensure that the Board and, in particular, 
the Non-executive Directors develop an understanding of the 
views of major shareholders about the Company. Directors 
have regular meetings with the Company’s major shareholders 
and received regular feedback on the views of those shareholders 
through the Company’s broker. Reports of these meetings, and 
any shareholder communications during the year, are given to the 
Board. In addition, the Company publishes any significant events 
affecting the Group and updates on current trading. The Chairman 
and the Non-executive Directors are also offered the opportunity 
to attend meetings with major shareholders and the Non-executive 
Directors, and in particular the Senior Independent Director, 
would attend such meetings if requested to do so by any major 
shareholder. In April 2018 the Company held a capital markets day 
attended by shareholders and analysts. The information provided 
at that event was made available to all shareholders via the 
Company’s website.

The Board regularly receives copies of analysts’ and brokers’ 
briefings. The Annual and Interim Reports, together with all 
announcements issued to the London Stock Exchange, are 
published on the Company’s website at www.norcros.com.

The Notice of the Annual General Meeting is sent to shareholders 
at least 20 working days before the meeting. It is the Company’s 
practice to propose separate resolutions on each substantially 
separate issue.

For each resolution, proxy appointment forms should provide 
shareholders with the option to direct their proxy to vote either for 
or against the resolution or to withhold their vote. The Company 
ensures that all valid proxy appointments received for general 
meetings are properly recorded and counted. For each resolution 
the Company ensures that the following information is given at the 
meeting and made available as soon as reasonably practicable on 
a website which is maintained by or on behalf of the Company:

•  the date of the meeting;

•  the text of the resolution;

•  the number of votes validly cast;

•  the proportion of the Company’s issued share capital 

represented by those votes;

•  the number of votes cast in favour of the resolution;

•  the number of votes against the resolution; and

•  the number of shares in respect of which the vote was withheld.

Corporate governanceThe Chairman seeks to arrange for the Chairs of the Audit and 
Risk, Remuneration and Nominations Committees (or a deputy if 
any of them is unavoidably absent) to be available at the Annual 
General Meeting to answer any questions relating to the work of 
these Committees.

Accountability and audit 
The respective responsibilities of the Directors and auditor in 
connection with the financial statements are explained in the 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 67 and the 
auditor’s report on pages 68 to 73. The Directors ensure the 
independence of the auditor by requesting annual confirmation of 
independence which includes the disclosure of all non-audit fees.

Risk management and internal control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal control 
and for reviewing its effectiveness (covering all material controls 
including financial, operational, risk management and compliance). 
This is undertaken via an annual programme to review the internal 
control environment at each business unit. Each review is carried out 
by the Group Head of Internal Audit and Risk, who is independent 
of that business unit. The results of these reviews are communicated 
to the Audit and Risk Committee.

The Board has carried out a robust assessment in order to identify 
and evaluate what it considers to be the principal risks faced by the 
Group and has also assessed the adequacy of the actions taken to 
manage these risks. This process has been in place for the period 
under review and up to the date of the approval of the Annual Report 
and Accounts. The principal risks are disclosed on pages 26 to 30.

The Group’s insurance continues to be managed and co-ordinated 
centrally with the assistance of insurance brokers. This gives the 
Group full visibility of both claims history and the insurance 
industry’s perception of the Group’s overall risk via the respective 
insurance premiums. The Company examines the size and trend 
of these premiums and the extent to which it can mitigate the risk 
and reduce the overall risk burden in the business by considering 
the appropriate level of insurance deductible and the potential 
benefit of self-insurance in some areas.

The key elements of the controls framework within which the 
Group operates are:

•  an organisational structure with clearly defined lines of 

responsibility, delegation of authority and reporting requirements;

•  an embedded culture of openness of communication between 

operational management and the Company’s Executive 
Management on matters relating to risk and control;

•  defined expenditure authorisation levels; and

•  a comprehensive system of financial reporting. An annual 

budget for each business unit is prepared in detail and approved 
by the Group Executive Management. The Board approves the 
overall Group’s budget and plans. Monthly actual results are 
reported against budget and the prior year and the forecast for 
the year is revised where necessary. Any significant changes 
and adverse variances are reviewed by the Board and remedial 
action is taken where appropriate. There is weekly cash and 
treasury reporting to the Group Finance Director and periodic 
reporting to the Board on the Group’s tax and treasury position.

The system of internal control is designed to manage rather than 
eliminate the risk of failing to achieve business objectives and can 
only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. It is tested and developed as appropriate by 
the Group Head of Internal Audit and Risk working in conjunction 
with the Audit and Risk Committee.

The control framework as outlined above gives reasonable 
assurance that the structure of controls in operation is appropriate 
to the Group’s situation and that risk is kept to acceptable levels 
throughout the Group.

Takeover directive
Share capital structures are included in the Directors’ Report 
on page 66.

Approved by the Board of Directors on 12 June 2019 and signed 
on its behalf by:

Viability
In accordance with the Code, the Board has assessed the 
prospects of the Company, using a three-year assessment 
timescale, and concluded that there is a reasonable expectation 
that the Company will be able to meet its liabilities and continue 
in operation. The full viability statement is contained on page 31.

Martin Towers
Chairman
12 June 2019

Operational structure, review and compliance
In addition to the Group Finance Director, the Group has Senior 
Financial Managers at its Head Office. The Group Head of Internal 
Audit and Risk was appointed in July 2017 and he is in charge of the 
Internal Audit and Risk function for the Group. Further information 
on the work of Internal Audit and Risk is in the Audit and Risk 
Committee’s report on pages 42 to 46.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

41

Corporate governanceAudit and Risk Committee report

The Committee concluded that 
the 31 March 2019 Annual Report 
and Accounts are fair, balanced 
and understandable.

Role of the Audit and Risk Committee

The main responsibilities of the Audit and 
Risk Committee are:

•  reviewing the Company’s financial reporting;

•  monitoring the Company’s risk 
management and internal 
control procedures; 

•  overseeing the appointment and 

work of the external auditor; 

•  overseeing the work of internal audit; and

•  advising the Board on whether the 

Annual Report and Accounts are fair, 
balanced and understandable.

Members
During the year to 31 March 2019, the Committee consisted of all 
the Non-executive Directors including the Chair of the Board. As at 
31 March 2019 the Board Chair ceased to be a member of the 
Committee in line with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. 
Biographies of the members of the Committee appear on pages 
36 and 37.

The Chair of the Committee, David McKeith, is considered to have 
recent and relevant financial experience as he is a fellow of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and 
a former senior partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. He also 
acted as chairman of the audit committee for Sportech plc, 
where he was a non-executive director until he resigned from 
that position in August 2016.

The Board is satisfied that the Committee has the appropriate level 
of expertise to fulfil its terms of reference. Additionally, an appraisal 
of the Committee was undertaken as part of an evaluation of the 
entire Board in the year ended 31 March 2019 which concluded 
that the Committee is operating effectively.

Responsibilities
On 8 November 2018, the Committee amended its name from 
“Audit” to “Audit and Risk”. The terms of reference, which are in 
compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, were also 
amended to specifically include the responsibility for risk 
management. A copy can be obtained from the Company’s 
website, www.norcros.com.

The Committee is a sub-committee of the Board whose main 
responsibilities include:

•  reviewing the Company’s Annual and Interim Reports and other 

regulatory announcements, including considering and challenging 
significant financial reporting issues and judgements;

•  advising the Board on whether it considers that the Annual 

Report and Accounts present a fair, balanced and 
understandable assessment of the Company’s financial position 
and performance, strategy and business model;

•  monitoring the Company’s risk management and internal 

control procedures;

•  evaluating and advising the Board on the going concern 

assumption and viability statement;

•  agreeing the scope of the annual internal audit programme and 

reviewing the outputs; and

•  overseeing the appointment and work of the external auditor.

Corporate governanceSignificant financial reporting matters in the 
2019 Annual Report
The significant financial reporting matters that the Committee 
considered in the year are detailed below:

Accounting for customer rebates and other trade 
promotional spend
As part of its trading activities and in accordance with industry 
norms, a number of the Group’s customers are offered rebates and 
promotional incentives in order to encourage trade and cement 
strong relationships. Rebates and promotional spend are recognised 
as a deduction from revenue over the period of the agreement 
with the customer. Accounting for such arrangements involves 
judgement as agreement periods typically run for a number of 
months or years and may involve assumptions around volumes 
of product purchased or sold into the future. 

The Committee considered the approach taken by management 
and the detailed testing undertaken by the external auditor and 
concluded that the commercial substance of the arrangements 
was appropriately reflected in the financial statements and in 
accordance with accounting standards.

Defined benefit pension plan liabilities
The Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme is significant both 
in terms of its context in the overall Balance Sheet and the results 
of the Group, notwithstanding the fact that the net deficit has reduced 
from £48.0m in 2018 to £31.6m in 2019. The valuation of the 
present value of scheme liabilities involves significant judgement 
and expertise particularly in respect of the assumptions used.

In order to value the liabilities, management had engaged an 
independent firm of qualified actuaries. The Committee reviewed 
the outputs from this work and benchmarked the assumptions, 
particularly the net discount rate, with those applied by other 
companies with defined benefit pension schemes with similar 
characteristics and having the same measurement date. The 
Committee concurred with the assumptions put forward by 
management to value the liability.

During the year the High Court guaranteed minimum pension 
(GMP) equalisation ruling on 26 October 2018 in the Lloyds Banking 
Group case had a further impact on the valuation of our pension 
scheme liabilities and Income Statement, due to the related costs 
being treated as past service costs. As above, the Committee 
concurred with the assumptions put forward by management 
that resulted from work carried out by an independent firm of 
qualified actuaries. 

Accounting for onerous property lease provision 
The Group has one remaining onerous legacy property lease 
that is due to expire In June 2022. In the year the Group 
recognised an exceptional cost of £3m to increase the onerous 
lease provision in light of the previous tenant terminating the lease 
and the Group’s view of the likely costs (net of rental income) of 
the resultant void and final dilapidations which will be incurred 
over the remainder of the lease tenure. 

The Committee considered the approach and judgement taken 
by management in determining the value of the provision and 
concurred with management’s view.

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Committee formally reviews the Company’s annual and 
interim financial statements and associated announcements, and 
considers significant accounting principles, policies and practices 
and their appropriateness, financial reporting issues and significant 
judgements made, including those summarised above. 

The Committee also advises the Board on whether it considers 
that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable, and provide the necessary 
information for shareholders to assess the Company’s financial 
position and performance, strategy and business model.

The Committee concluded that these disclosures, and the 
processes and controls underlying their production, meet the 
latest legal and regulatory requirements for a listed company 
and that the 31 March 2019 Annual Report and Accounts are fair, 
balanced and understandable.

Meetings of the Committee
The Committee met formally three times during the year ended 
31 March 2019. By invitation, the Group Chief Executive, Group 
Finance Director, Company Secretary, Group Head of Internal 
Audit and Risk and Group Financial Controller also attended each 
of these meetings together with the engagement partner and 
other members of the audit team from the external auditor. 

The Committee may invite other individuals either from within 
the Company or external technical advisers to attend meetings 
to provide information or advice as it sees fit.

At each meeting the Committee had the opportunity to discuss 
matters with the external and internal auditor without management 
being present. The Chair of the Committee also has regular 
discussions with the external audit partner outside of the formal 
Committee process.

At each of its meetings the Committee reviews any financial 
communications issued to the market.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

43

Corporate governanceAudit and Risk Committee report continued

Principal activities of the Audit and Risk Committee during the year
A wide variety of issues were addressed in the year and they are summarised in the table below:

Area

Activities

Financial reporting

Review of the Company’s trading updates and other financial communications

Review of the impact assessment of IFRS 16 and related disclosure requirements 

Review of onerous property lease provision 

Review of the Company’s interim results for the six months ended 30 September 2018

Review of the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 March 2019, including consideration of:

•  significant financial reporting matters;

•  whether the Annual Report and Accounts are fair, balanced and understandable; and

•  the requirements of the viability statement

External audit

Review of the external auditor’s proposed audit work plan for the year ended 31 March 2019, including its 
assessment of the principal financial reporting risks

Review of the external auditor’s terms of engagement and proposed fees

Assessment of the external auditor’s independence, objectivity, qualifications and expertise, including a review 
of its internal quality control checks

Review of the findings from the external audit for the year ended 31 March 2019

Internal audit

Review of the internal audit work programme for the year

Assessment of the work carried out to test and review internal controls and IT security, together with the status 
of recommendations identified

Compliance

Review of the whistleblowing incidents 

Review of the fraud issues log 

Review of the Global Data Protection Regulation incidents log 

Risk management

Review of the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties including risk identification, management and 
monitoring procedures

Review of the Group’s risk assessment and preparedness for Brexit 

Governance

Conduct an appraisal of the performance of the Committee

Review of the Group’s policy in respect of the employment of former employees of the external auditor

Review of the Group’s policy in respect of the engagement of the external auditor for non-audit services 
and non-audit services provided by the external auditor during the year

Update of the Committee’s Terms of Reference in line with current best practice

44

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governanceInternal audit framework
The Group has a dedicated Group-wide Internal Audit and Risk 
Function that is led by an experienced Group Head of Internal 
Audit and Risk. This role is supported by a dedicated internal 
auditor based in South Africa focused on the particular risks faced 
by the Group’s retail and manufacturing operations in South Africa.

The Group operates a rolling twelve-month audit plan prepared 
by the Group Head of Internal Audit and Risk, which is based 
on the risk assessments carried out by the Group, including 
senior management input, and is reviewed and approved by 
the Committee. At each meeting, the Committee considers 
the results of the audits undertaken during the preceding period 
and the adequacy of management’s response to matters raised. 
Additionally, the related mitigations against issues and actions 
raised from these audits are systematically followed up in 
subsequent Committee meetings until they are adequately resolved. 

The Group self-assessment questionnaire, completed annually by 
each business unit, is reviewed by the Committee. This includes 
a management representation requiring each division to confirm 
that all known material facts have been appropriately communicated 
to the Executive Directors. The results of this assessment feed into 
the audit plan and individual audit engagements. 

Internal Audit and Risk activities during the year
A key focus of Internal Audit and Risk during the year was a review 
of Group-wide business continuity arrangements, resulting in a 
number of improvement initiatives that will be carried out in 2019. 
Audits of two operational units were completed, assessing the 
effectiveness of key controls around financial reporting, inventory 
management and procurement processes along with follow-ups 
of the previous year’s business audits to confirm progress with 
agreed actions. In South Africa, whilst the primary focus has 
remained on the retail outlets with completion of a cycle of 
operational reviews in all the Tile Africa stores, additional reviews 
have been conducted of payroll processes and the Supply and 
Fit division.

Other key activities have included: facilitation of an exercise to 
monitor and review the implications of Brexit on the strategy and 
operations of the Group and individual divisions; a review of key 
controls in place to demonstrate compliance with the requirements 
of the Bribery Act 2010 and the Criminal Finances Act 2017 (with regard 
to the facilitation of tax evasion); validation of recently implemented 
GDPR processes and controls; and completion of an extensive 
penetration test of the Group IT networks.

Summaries of findings/actions and updates on all audit work and 
other key activities have been provided to the Audit and Risk 
Committee meetings.

Risk management framework 
Our risk management framework is highlighted on page 26 of our 
Strategic Report. The Audit and Risk Committee’s role in the risk 
management framework can be summarised as:

1. 

2. 

 Review of current and future risk through the discussion 
of risk and mitigating actions with divisional management 
in annual strategic reviews. 

 Annual review of the risk management reporting process and 
associated outputs to ensure it is robust and effective and 
includes strategic and operational risks that could threaten 
the business model and future strategy.

3. 

 Review of the Annual Report to ensure that it is a fair reflection 
of risk assessments undertaken. 

Internal control and risk management review
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s system 
of internal control and risk management and for reviewing its 
effectiveness. The internal control systems are designed to meet 
the particular needs of the Group and to manage rather than 
eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives. Such 
systems can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.

The Committee undertakes a review, at least annually, of the 
effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls and risk 
management and the Board will take into account the Committee’s 
report, conclusions and recommendations in this regard. The Board 
confirms that it has reviewed the effectiveness of the internal control 
system, including financial, operational and compliance controls 
and risk management in accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, for the period from 1 April 2018 to the date of 
approval of these Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 
31 March 2019.

Fraud and whistleblowing
The Committee receives regular papers on incidences of fraud 
and whistleblowing and reviews them at each meeting. At least 
annually, the Committee conducts an assessment of the adequacy 
of the Group’s procedures in respect of compliance, 
whistleblowing and fraud.

External auditor
The Committee has primary responsibility for making recommendations 
to the Board on the appointment, re-appointment and removal of the 
external auditor. The Committee keeps under review the scope and 
results of the audit and its effectiveness, as well as the independence 
and objectivity of the auditor.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

45

Corporate governanceAudit and Risk Committee report continued

External auditor continued
The external auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, was 
re-appointed in November 2011 following a competitive tender 
process. The timing of a competitive tender will continue to be 
assessed on an annual basis, considering the results of the annual 
effectiveness review. The Committee has, however, committed to 
conducting a tender process for the role of external auditor at least 
every ten years in line with current legislation, meaning that the 
next tender must take place in 2021 at the latest.

The external audit starts with the design of a work plan that 
addresses the key risks of the audit which were confirmed at 
the March 2019 meeting of the Committee. The Committee also 
agreed the terms of engagement and the fees payable for the 
engagement. At each meeting the Committee had the opportunity 
to discuss matters with the external auditor without management 
being present. The Chair of the Committee also has regular 
discussions with the external audit partner outside the formal 
Committee process.

The Committee is aware of the need to safeguard the auditor’s 
objectivity and independence and the issue is discussed by the 
Committee and periodically with the audit engagement partner 
from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. As required by Auditing 
Practices Board requirements, external auditor independence is 
maintained by the rotation of the engagement partner every five 
years. The current audit engagement partner, Hazel Macnamara, 
has been in place for three years.

Policies on the award of non-audit work to the external auditor and 
the employment of ex-employees of the external auditor are in place 
which are reviewed annually. Additionally, the approval of the Chair 
of the Committee is required prior to awarding high value non-audit 
work to the external auditor, and the non-audit work planned and 
performed is monitored by the Committee at each meeting.

For the year ended 31 March 2019, the Committee was satisfied 
with the independence, objectivity and effectiveness of the 
relationship with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as external auditor. 
In light of this the Committee has recommended to the Board that 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP be re-appointed for the forthcoming 
year and a resolution proposing this will be put to the 2019 Annual 
General Meeting.

On behalf of the Audit and Risk Committee

David McKeith
Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee
12 June 2019

46

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governanceNominations Committee report

The Committee continues to give 
careful consideration to succession 
plans for Board members and senior 
management across the Group.

Role of the Nominations Committee

The main responsibilities of the 
Nominations Committee are:

•  evaluating the balance of skills, 

knowledge, independence, diversity 
and experience of the Board;

•  succession planning for the Board; 

•  determining the scope of the role of a 
new Director and the skills and time 
commitment required and making 
recommendations to the Board about 
filling Board vacancies; and

•  appointing additional Directors.

The Nominations Committee and the Board seek to maintain an 
appropriate balance between the Executive and Non-executive 
Directors. The Nominations Committee is chaired by the Chair 
of the Board and consists of all the Non-executive Directors. 
The Board Chair will not chair the Committee when it deals 
with the appointment of a successor to that role.

The Terms of Reference of the Committee are available for 
inspection upon written request to the Company and on its 
website at www.norcros.com.

During the year under review, the Nominations Committee 
has evaluated the balance of skills, knowledge, diversity and 
experience of the Board. If a new appointment to the Board is 
required, the Committee will use the appropriate selection process 
and will determine the scope of the role of a new Director and the 
skills and time commitment required and make recommendations 
to the Board about filling Board vacancies and appointing additional 
Directors. The Committee will utilise external search and selection 
consultants as appropriate and appointments will be made on the 
basis of merit and the most appropriate experience against 
objective criteria in the best interests of shareholders.

During the year the Committee led a process to appoint 
a Non-executive Director as a replacement for Jo Hallas, 
who will step down from the Board at the 2019 AGM.

The Committee engaged the services of an external search 
consultancy, Russell Reynolds, with which the Company has no 
other connections, and following an open and rigorous search and 
selection process, Alison Littley was appointed to the Board and 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee (designate) with effect 
from 1 May 2019.

In selecting candidates due regard will be given to the balance 
of the Board, and to the benefits of different backgrounds and 
experience, and to diversity on the Board including gender.

In the year under review the Committee has, in addition to its 
routine responsibilities, given careful consideration to succession 
planning issues. The Company has in place appropriate plans for 
succession planning for Board members and senior management 
across the Group. In the current financial year, the Committee 
led by the Group Chief Executive is implementing a leadership 
development programme for senior management in the Group.

Martin Towers
Chair of the Nominations Committee 
12 June 2019

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

47

Corporate governanceRemuneration Committee annual statement 2019

The Committee continues to place the 
interests of shareholders at the forefront of 
its decision making when implementing 
the current remuneration policy.

Dear shareholders,

I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the 
year ended 31 March 2019.

The Committee continues to place the interests of shareholders 
at the forefront of its decision making when implementing the 
current remuneration policy which was approved by 99.1% of 
shareholders voting at the 2017 AGM. The policy will be reviewed 
over the next year with those interests firmly in mind as well as 
the factors set out in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. 
This will be submitted for shareholder approval at the 2020 AGM.

Current remuneration strategy
The Committee’s overall approach to executive remuneration 
remains unchanged. We are focused on ensuring the Group’s 
remuneration policy is closely aligned with shareholders’ interests 
and enables us to attract, retain and motivate quality executive 
leadership, but without paying more than is necessary to achieve 
these aims. We do this with a simple remuneration structure 
comprising base salary and benefits, an annual bonus and a single 
performance-based long-term incentive. Targets for the annual 

Role of the Remuneration Committee

The main responsibilities of the 
Remuneration Committee are to:

•  determine the remuneration policy and 

keep it under review, including 
consulting with, and obtaining approval 
from, shareholders as appropriate;

•  implement the approved remuneration 
policy as regards Executive Director 
remuneration, benefits and incentives, 
including the design of, targets for and 
payout of all incentive arrangements; 

•  ensure alignment of the remuneration 
structure for senior executives to the 
Executive Director remuneration policy, 
including approval of changes to 
packages; and

•  preparation of the Annual Remuneration 

Report to be approved by the 
members of the Company at the 
Annual General Meeting.

Corporate governancebonus and long-term incentive are set at levels that are stretching 
and provide a clear link between pay and the achievement of our 
strategic objectives.

Our policy delivers an on-target reward mix for the Group Chief 
Executive and Group Finance Director comprising 62% fixed pay 
(52% base salary, 8% pension and 2% benefits), 25% annual bonus 
and 13% long-term incentive. Under a scenario where all 
performance conditions are met in full, the Executive Directors’ 
package consists of 38% fixed pay, 31% annual bonus and 31% 
long-term incentive.

To further ensure remuneration is aligned with shareholder 
interests, half of any bonus paid is deferred for three years, shares 
vesting from APSP awards need to be held for a further two years 
(i.e. until the fifth anniversary of grant), and the Executive Directors 
are additionally required to build and maintain a shareholding of at 
least 100% of salary. Finally, in the event of material misstatement 
in accounting records or gross misconduct, deferred bonus and 
APSP awards may be subject to malus or clawback.

The Group has for many years successfully operated an 
all-employee Save As You Earn (SAYE) share scheme in the UK, 
and in the year in review we extended SAYE to employees of the 
recently acquired Merlyn business, thereby enabling even more 
of our workforce to share in the success of the business. 

Alignment with strategic objectives
In 2018, the Company defined its new strategic vision and 
objectives for the five-year period to 2023. These are set out more 
fully on page 10. Alongside this process, the Committee undertook 
a comprehensive review of the remuneration policy to ensure that 
it would remain fit for purpose in effectively incentivising the 
delivery of the Group’s new strategic goals and the creation of 
shareholder value over the longer term. The Committee also took 
into account the wider market context and developments in best 
practice remuneration governance. After extensive consideration, 
the Committee concluded that the policy approved by shareholders 
at the 2017 AGM remains appropriate in this context; it is simple, 
clear and sufficiently flexible to enable the Committee to revise its 
approach to implementation in future years if the need arises.

Year in review
In the year in review, the remuneration policy operated as intended 
as regards Company performance and quantum (details below). 
There was appropriate engagement with shareholders in advance 
of the 2018 AGM, and 99.9% of shareholders voting supported the 
Remuneration Report at that AGM. 

The Committee believes that engagement with the Group’s workforce 
on remuneration and other matters is important and this is being 
done by both direct personal engagement between Committee 
members and management and staff of all of our businesses, 
as well as receipt of reports from management on HR matters. 
Employee engagement will continue to be an area of focus for 
the Committee in the coming year.

As highlighted in the Chairman’s Statement and the Group Chief 
Executive’s Statement on pages 4 and 5 and 6 and 7 respectively, 
Norcros continues to perform strongly with a tenth consecutive 
year of growth in both revenue and underlying operating profit. 
Highlights for the year ended 31 March 2019 include:

•  revenue growth of 10.3% (11.6% on a constant currency basis) 

to £331.0m;

•  underlying operating profit increased by 25.5% to £34.4m;

•  underlying diluted earnings per share increased by 7.5% to 31.7p; and

•  underlying ROCE of 18.2% (2018: 18.0%), which is ahead of the 

Group strategic target of 15%.

This strong performance delivered underlying profit slightly ahead 
of the target set by the Committee for the year, resulting in bonus 
outcomes of 61.1% of the maximum opportunity for the year ended 
31 March 2019. The Group exceeded its targets for aggregate 
underlying earnings per share (EPS) over the three-year period 
from 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2019. As a result, 57.6% of the APSP 
awards granted in 2016 will vest on 27 July 2019. The Committee 
considers this outcome to appropriately reflect the Group’s very 
strong performance and progress against strategic objectives over 
the period. Accordingly, there were no exercises of discretion with 
regard to remuneration outcomes for the Executive Directors. 

2020 remuneration
In accordance with our remuneration policy, the Committee 
decided to award base salary increases of 3% to each of our 
Executive Directors, reflecting their continued contribution to the 
sustained strong performance of the Company. These increases 
are broadly in line with the increases for our senior employees in 
the wider UK-based workforce. There are no other changes to 
Executive Director remuneration for the year ending 31 March 2020.

For the reasons set out in this letter, the Committee believes that 
our remuneration strategy and its implementation remain appropriate. 
The Directors’ Remuneration Report will be subject to an advisory 
vote at the 2019 AGM and I look forward to receiving your support 
for this.

On a personal note, I shall be stepping down from the Board and 
as Chair of the Remuneration Committee after the 2019 AGM on 
23 July. I am delighted that Alison Littley has joined our Board. She 
will take over from me as the Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
and we have a transition period underway for this role, which will 
be completed by the time of our AGM. I have no doubt that Alison 
will continue the development of our remuneration strategy, and 
to align it to the best interests of our shareholders. On behalf of 
the Remuneration Committee, I would like to thank you all for your 
continued support.

Jo Hallas
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
12 June 2019

Remuneration disclosure

This Directors’ Remuneration Report has been prepared in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 
and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) 
Regulations 2013. The Report meets the requirements of 
the UK Listing Authority’s Listing Rules and the Disclosure 
and Transparency Rules. In this Report, we describe how 
the principles of good governance relating to Directors’ 
remuneration, as set out in the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the Code), are applied in practice. The Remuneration 
Committee confirms that throughout the financial year the 
Group has complied with these governance rules and best 
practice provisions set out in the Code.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

49

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration policy report

Directors’ remuneration policy
This section of the report sets out the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors, which was approved by a 
binding shareholder vote at the 2017 AGM. The policy will remain effective for up to a three-year period ending on the date of the 2020 AGM. 
The Policy Report is unchanged from that published in last year’s Annual Report, save for minor changes to aid clarity and transparency, such 
as updating the pay scenario charts to reflect current financial year remuneration, and page references.

Executive Director remuneration policy table
This policy has been designed to support the principal objective of enabling the Group to attract, motivate and retain the people it needs 
to maximise the value of the business.

Component and objective

Operation

Opportunity

Performance measures

Base salary

To enable the Group to 
attract, motivate and retain 
the people it needs to 
maximise the value of 
the business

Pension

To provide a level of 
retirement benefit that 
is competitive in the 
relevant market

Benefits

Provision of benefits in line 
with the market

Generally reviewed each year, 
with increases effective 1 April 
with reference to salary levels 
at other FTSE companies of 
broadly similar size or sector 
to Norcros.

The Committee also 
considers the salary increases 
applying across the rest 
of the UK business when 
determining increases for 
Executive Directors.

Base salary increases are 
applied in line with the 
outcome of the annual review.

Executive Directors receive 
pension contributions 
(either as a direct payment 
or a cash allowance).

Base salary is the only 
element of remuneration 
that is pensionable.

Executive Directors are 
provided with a company car 
(or a cash allowance in lieu 
thereof) and medical 
insurance. Other benefits may 
be introduced from time to 
time to ensure the benefits 
package is appropriately 
competitive and reflects the 
needs and circumstances 
of the Group and individual 
Executive Director.

n/a

Salaries in respect of the year 
under review (and for the 
following year) are disclosed 
in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

n/a

n/a

Salary increases for 
Executive Directors will 
normally not exceed those of 
the wider workforce over the 
period this policy will apply. 
Where increases are awarded 
in excess of the wider 
employee population, for 
example if there is a material 
change in the responsibility, 
size or complexity of the role, 
the Committee will provide 
the rationale in the relevant 
year’s Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

Maximum of 15% of 
base salary.

Benefits may vary by role, 
and the level is determined 
each year to be appropriate 
for the role and 
circumstances of each 
individual Executive Director.

It is not anticipated that the 
cost of benefits (as set out 
in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration) would 
increase materially over the 
period for which this policy 
will apply.

The Committee retains the 
discretion to approve a 
higher cost in exceptional 
circumstances (e.g. 
relocation expenses or 
an expatriation allowance 
on recruitment, etc.) or in 
circumstances where factors 
outside the Company’s 
control have changed 
materially (e.g. market 
increases in insurance costs).

50

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governanceComponent and objective

Operation

Opportunity

Performance measures

Performance targets are set 
at the start of the year and 
aligned with the annual budget 
agreed by the Board. At the 
end of the year, the Committee 
determines the extent to 
which these targets have 
been achieved.

Maximum opportunity: 100% 
of base salary.

Target opportunity: 50% 
of base salary.

For threshold performance, 
the bonus payout is up to 
25% of maximum.

Annual bonus 
and Deferred Bonus  
Plan (DBP)

To focus Executive 
Directors on achieving 
demanding annual targets 
relating to Group 
performance and 
encourage retention

Approved Performance 
Share Plan (APSP)

To incentivise Executive 
Directors to deliver 
long-term performance by 
aligning their performance 
with shareholders’ interests

50% of the total bonus 
payment is paid in cash, and 
50% is converted into nil-cost 
options over Norcros shares 
under the 2011 Deferred Bonus 
Plan (DBP). These options are 
exercisable after three years, 
subject to continued 
employment and malus 
(in whole or in part) during the 
deferral period in the event 
of a material misstatement 
in accounting records or 
gross misconduct.

A payment equivalent to the 
dividends that would have 
accrued on deferred bonus 
awards that vest will be made 
to participants on vesting.

APSP awards comprise annual 
conditional awards of nil-cost 
options following the 
announcement of the Group’s 
final results.

Awards normally vest after 
three years, subject to the 
achievement of a performance 
condition and continued 
employment with the Group 
until the vesting date.

To the extent an award vests, 
Executive Directors will be 
required to hold net vested 
shares for an additional holding 
period of two years.

A payment equivalent to the 
dividends that would have 
accrued on APSP awards that 
vest will be made to 
participants on vesting.

APSP awards are also subject 
to malus over the vesting 
period and clawback over the 
holding period (in both cases 
in whole or in part) in the event 
of a material misstatement 
in accounting records or 
gross misconduct.

The bonus will be based primarily 
on the achievement of financial 
performance targets but may, from 
time to time, include non-financial 
performance measures (the 
weighting of which, if any, will be 
capped at 20% of the total opportunity).

The primary bonus measure is Group 
underlying operating profit, although 
the Committee may, at its discretion 
and from time to time, supplement 
this with additional financial measures 
that reflect the strategic priorities for 
Norcros for the financial year.

The Committee has discretion to 
adjust the formulaic bonus outcomes 
(including down to zero) within the 
limits of the scheme to ensure 
alignment of pay with performance.

Further details including targets 
attached to the bonus for the year 
under review are given on page 59 of 
the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Maximum opportunity: 100% 
of base salary.

Threshold performance 
results in 25% vesting.

Vesting of APSP awards is 
dependent upon the Group’s 
diluted underlying earnings 
per share (EPS) performance 
over a three-year period.

Details of actual APSP awards 
in respect of each year will 
be disclosed in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

At the start of each cycle, the 
Committee will determine the 
targets that will apply to an award. 

If the performance targets are not 
met at the end of the performance 
period, awards will lapse.

The Committee has discretion to 
adjust the formulaic APSP outcomes 
within the limits of the scheme if 
certain relevant events take place 
(e.g. a capital restructuring, a material 
acquisition/divestment, etc.) with 
any such adjustment to result in 
the revised targets being no more 
or less challenging to achieve.

The Committee will consult major 
shareholders on changes to the 
APSP, although it retains discretion 
to make non-significant changes to 
the performance measure without 
reverting to a full shareholder vote.

Further details, including the targets 
attached to the APSP in respect of 
each year, are disclosed in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

51

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration policy report continued

Executive Director remuneration policy table continued

Component and objective

Operation

Opportunity

Performance measures

n/a

Savings capped at the 
individual monthly limit set 
by HMRC (or other such 
lower limit as the Committee 
may determine) from time 
to time.

n/a

n/a

SAYE

To encourage 
the ownership of 
Norcros plc shares

Shareholding 
requirements

To align Executive Director 
and shareholder interests 
and reinforce long-term 
decision making

An HMRC-approved scheme 
where employees (including 
Executive Directors) may save 
up to the individual monthly 
limit set by HMRC from time to 
time over three years. Options 
are granted at a discount of up 
to 20%.

Executive Directors are 
required to retain at least 50% 
of any DBP or APSP awards that 
vest (net of tax) until they have 
built up a personal holding of 
Norcros plc shares worth 100% 
of salary.

Only shares that are held 
beneficially by an Executive 
Director or their spouse or 
partner, or nil-cost options 
granted under the DBP on or 
after 27 July 2017 count in the 
assessment of whether an 
Executive Director has met 
the required ownership level.

Notes to the policy table
Payments from previous awards
For the avoidance of doubt the Group will honour any commitment entered into, and Executive Directors will be eligible to receive payment 
from any award made, prior to the approval and implementation of the remuneration policy detailed in this report, i.e. before 27 July 2017. 
Details of these awards are, and will be, disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Performance measure selection and approach to target setting
The use of Group underlying operating profit in the annual bonus directly reinforces our medium-term growth-orientated strategy 
(see page 10 for further details). For the APSP, the Committee considers that diluted underlying EPS is a transparent, objective and 
effective measure of performance which is in the long-term interests of all of our shareholders.

Targets applying to the bonus and APSP are reviewed annually, based on a number of internal and external reference points. Bonus targets 
are aligned with the annual budget agreed by the Board. Annual bonus targets are considered to be commercially sensitive but will be 
disclosed retrospectively in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration (see page 59 of the Annual Report on Remuneration). APSP 
targets reflect industry context, expectations of what will constitute appropriately challenging performance levels and factors specific to 
the Group. The Committee will determine the APSP targets at the time awards are made and these targets (along with other relevant 
details of the grant) will be disclosed in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration (see page 60 of the Annual Report on Remuneration).

Differences from remuneration policy for other employees
The remuneration policy for other employees is based on broadly consistent principles as described above. Annual salary reviews across the 
Group take into account Group performance, local pay and market conditions, and salary levels for similar roles in comparable companies.

Executives and senior managers are eligible to participate in annual bonus schemes. Opportunities and performance measures vary by 
organisational level, geographical region and an individual’s role. Other members of the Group senior leadership team participate in the APSP 
on similar terms as the Executive Directors, although award sizes may vary by organisational level. All UK and Republic of Ireland employees 
are eligible to participate in the Group’s SAYE scheme on identical terms.

52

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governanceGroup Chief Executive

Group Finance Director

Minimum

100%

£449k

Minimum

100%

£303k

On-target

62%

25%

13%

£723k

On-target

62%

25%

13%

£488k

Maximum

38%

31%

31%

£1,181k

Maximum

38%

31%

31%

£795k

 Fixed pay

 Annual bonus

 APSP

 Total

Performance scenario charts
The graphs above provide estimates of the potential future reward opportunity for Executive Directors, and the potential mix between the 
different elements of remuneration under three different performance scenarios: “Minimum”, “On-target” and “Maximum”. This information 
is for the current financial year, as explained below.

The potential opportunities illustrated above are based on the policy applied to the base salary at 1 April 2019. For the annual bonus, the 
amounts illustrated are those potentially receivable in respect of performance for the year to 31 March 2020. It should be noted that any 
bonus deferred into the DBP and APSP awards do not normally vest until the third anniversary of the date of grant. This is intended to 
illustrate the relationship between executive pay and performance. The values of the DBP and APSP assume no increase in the underlying 
value of the shares, and actual pay delivered will further be influenced by changes in factors such as the Group’s share price and the value 
of dividends paid.

Valuation assumptions
The “Minimum” scenario reflects base salary, pension and benefits (i.e. fixed remuneration), being the only elements of the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration package not linked to performance.

The “On-target” scenario reflects fixed remuneration as above, plus target bonus payout (50% of salary) and APSP threshold vesting at 
25% of the maximum award level.

The “Maximum” scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus full payout under all incentives (100% of salary under each of the annual bonus 
and APSP).

Approach to Executive Director recruitment and remuneration
External appointment
In cases of hiring or appointing a new Executive Director from outside the Group, the Remuneration Committee may make use of all 
existing components of remuneration, as follows:

Component

Policy

Base salary

The base salaries of new appointees will be determined by reference to relevant market data, experience and skills 
of the individual, internal relativities and the current salary of the incumbent in the role.

Where a new appointee has an initial base salary set below market, the Committee may make phased increases over 
a period of three years, subject to the individual’s development and performance in the role.

Benefits

Pension

As set out in the policy table, benefits may include (but are not limited to) the provision of a company car or car allowance, 
medical insurance, and any necessary expatriation allowances or expenses relating to an executive’s relocation.

New appointees will receive pension contributions into a defined contribution pension arrangement or an equivalent 
cash supplement, or a combination of both. The maximum employer contribution will be 15% of salary on the same 
terms as other Executive Directors.

SAYE

New appointees will be eligible to participate on identical terms to all other employees.

Annual bonus

The bonus structure described in the policy table will apply to new appointees. The maximum opportunity will be 
100% of salary, pro-rated in the year of joining to reflect the proportion of that year employed. Performance measures 
may include strategic and operational objectives tailored to the individual in the financial year of joining.

50% of any bonus earned will be deferred into the DBP on the same terms as other Executive Directors.

APSP

New appointees will be granted annual awards under the APSP on the same terms as other Executive Directors, as 
described in the policy table. In exceptional circumstances, such as to facilitate the recruitment of an external hire, 
the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make awards up to 150% of salary.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

53

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration policy report continued

Approach to Executive Director recruitment and remuneration continued
External appointment continued
In determining the appropriate remuneration structure and level for the appointee, the Remuneration Committee will take into consideration 
all relevant factors to ensure that arrangements are in the best interests of our shareholders. It is not the intention of the Committee that a 
cash payment such as a “golden hello” would be offered. However, the Committee may make an award in respect of a new appointment to 
“buy out” incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer, over and above the approach and award limits outlined in the 
table above. Any such award will be made under existing incentive structures, where appropriate, and will be subject to the normal performance 
conditions of those incentives. The Committee may also consider it appropriate to make “buy out” awards under a different structure, using 
the relevant Listing Rule, where necessary, to replicate the structure of forfeited awards. Any “buy out” award (however this is delivered) 
would have a fair value no higher than that of the awards forfeited, taking into account relevant factors including performance conditions, 
the likelihood of those conditions being met and the proportion of the vesting period remaining. Details of any such award will be disclosed 
in the first Annual Report on Remuneration following its grant.

Internal promotion to the Board
In cases of appointing a new Executive Director by way of internal promotion, the policy will be consistent with that for external appointees 
detailed above. Where an individual has contractual commitments made prior to their promotion to the Board, and it is agreed that a 
commitment is to continue, the Group will continue to honour these arrangements even if there are instances where they would not 
otherwise be consistent with the prevailing Executive Director remuneration policy at the time of promotion.

Service contracts and policy for payment for loss of office
Executive Directors have signed rolling contracts, terminable on twelve months’ notice by either the Group or the Director. The Group 
entered into a contract with Nick Kelsall on 1 April 2011, and with Shaun Smith on 31 March 2016. Copies of these contracts are available 
to view at the Group’s registered office.

The Committee’s policy for Directors’ termination payments is to provide only what would normally be due to Directors had they remained 
in employment in respect of the relevant notice period, and not to go beyond their normal contractual entitlements. Any incentive 
arrangements will be dealt with subject to the relevant rules, with any discretion exercised by the Committee on a case by case basis 
taking into account the circumstances of the termination. Termination payments will also take into account any statutory entitlement at 
the appropriate level, to be considered by the Committee on the same basis. The Committee will monitor and where appropriate enforce 
the Directors’ duty to mitigate loss. When the Committee believes that it is essential to protect the Group’s interests, additional arrangements 
may be entered into (for example post-termination protections above and beyond those in the contract of employment) on appropriate terms.

Under the service contracts for each Executive Director, the Company has the discretion to terminate the employment lawfully without 
any notice by paying to the Director a sum equal to, but no more than, the salary and other contractual benefits of the Director. The payment 
would be in respect of that part of the period of notice which the Director has not worked, less any appropriate tax and other statutory 
deductions. The Director would be entitled to any holiday pay which may otherwise have accrued in what would have been the notice 
period. The Company may pay any sums due under these pay in lieu of notice provisions as one lump sum or in instalments of what would 
have been the notice period. If the Company elects to pay in instalments, the Director is under an express contractual duty to mitigate 
their losses and to disclose any third-party income they have received or is due to receive. The Company reserves the right to reduce the 
amount of the instalments by the amount of such income. The Committee would expect to include similar pay in lieu of notice provisions 
in any future Executive Director’s service contract. In the case of Nick Kelsall’s service contract, these pay in lieu of notice provisions can 
also be activated by Mr Kelsall if he exercises his contractual right to terminate his employment upon a change of control of the Company 
or a transfer of his employment to an acquirer of the Company’s business. The Committee would not envisage including a similar right to 
terminate in any future Executive Director’s service contract, and there is no such provision in Shaun Smith’s service contract.

Also under their service contracts, if the Director’s employment is terminated for whatever reason, they agree that they are not entitled to 
any damages or compensation to recompense them for the loss or diminution in value of any actual or prospective rights, benefits or expectations 
under or in relation to the APSP, the DBP, the SAYE plan or the annual discretionary bonus scheme. This is without prejudice to any of the 
rights, benefits or entitlements which may have accrued to the Director under such arrangements at the termination of employment.

54

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governanceThe table below summarises how awards under the annual bonus, DBP and APSP are typically treated in specific circumstances, with the 
final treatment remaining subject to the Committee’s discretion:

Reason for cessation

Calculation of vesting/payment

Timing of vesting

Annual bonus

Voluntary resignation or 
summary dismissal

All other circumstances

DBP

No bonus paid.

n/a

Bonuses are paid only to the extent that the associated objectives, 
as set at the beginning of the plan year, are met. Any such bonus 
would normally be paid on a pro-rata basis, taking account of the 
period actually worked.

At the normal vesting date 
unless the Committee, in its 
absolute discretion, determines 
that awards should vest on 
cessation of employment.

Summary dismissal

Awards lapse.

n/a

Injury, illness, disability, 
death, retirement with the 
agreement of the Group, 
redundancy or employing 
company leaving the Group

Voluntary resignation 
or other reason not 
stated above

Unvested awards vest.

Unvested awards lapse unless the Committee, in its absolute 
discretion, determines that an award should vest. 

Change of control

Unvested awards will be pro-rated for the portion of the vesting 
period elapsed on change of control, unless the Committee, 
in its absolute discretion, determines otherwise. Awards may 
alternatively be exchanged for new equivalent awards in the 
acquirer, where appropriate.

APSP

Summary dismissal

Awards lapse.

Unapproved option awards lapse unless the Committee, in its 
absolute discretion, determines that awards should vest, subject to 
being pro-rated for time and performance to the date of cessation 
of employment. Approved option awards lapse, except in the case 
of retirement with the agreement of the employer, when awards 
will vest, subject to pro-rating as stated above.

At the normal vesting date 
unless the Committee, in its 
absolute discretion, determines 
that awards should vest on 
cessation of employment.

If the Committee determines that 
an award should vest, then awards 
will vest on their normal vesting 
date, unless the Committee, in its 
absolute discretion, determines 
that awards should vest on 
cessation of employment.

On change of control.

n/a

On cessation of employment 
unless the Committee, 
in its absolute discretion, 
determines otherwise.

Voluntary resignation, 
injury, retirement with the 
agreement of the Group, 
redundancy or other reason 
that the Committee 
determines in its 
absolute discretion

Death

Change of control

Unapproved option awards vest in full, but may be subject to 
the application of the performance conditions attached to them. 
Approved option awards are pro-rated for time and performance 
to that date.

Immediately.

Awards vest, subject to being pro-rated for time and performance 
to the date of cessation of employment, unless the Committee 
determines otherwise. Awards may alternatively be exchanged 
for new equivalent awards in the acquirer, where appropriate.

On change of control.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

55

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration policy report continued

External appointments 
Executive Directors are permitted to take up non-executive positions on the boards of other companies, subject to the prior approval of 
the Board. The Executive Directors may retain any fees payable in relation to such appointment. Details of external appointments and the 
associated fees received are included in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Group seeks to promote and maintain good relations with employees and (where relevant) their representative bodies as part of its 
broader employee engagement strategy. The Committee is mindful of salary increases applying across the rest of the business in relevant 
markets when considering salaries for Executive Directors, but does not currently consult with employees specifically on executive 
remuneration policy and framework.

Consideration of shareholder views 
The Committee considers shareholder views received during the year and at the Annual General Meeting each year, as well as guidance 
from shareholder representative bodies more broadly, in shaping remuneration policy. The vast majority of shareholders continue to 
express support for remuneration arrangements at Norcros. The Committee keeps the remuneration policy under regular review, to 
ensure it continues to reinforce the Group’s long-term strategy and aligns Executive Directors with shareholders’ interests. We will 
consult shareholders before making any significant changes to our remuneration policy.

Non-executive Director remuneration policy
Non-executive Directors (including the Chairman) have letters of appointment which specify an initial term of at least three years, 
although these contracts may be terminated at one month’s notice by either the Company or Director. In line with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code guidelines, all Directors are subject to re-election annually at the AGM.

Details of terms and notice periods for Non-executive Directors are summarised below:

Non-executive Director

Martin Towers
Jo Hallas
David McKeith
Alison Littley

Date of 
appointment

28 July 2011
27 September 2012
2� July 201�
1 May 2019

Notice period

1 month
1 month
1 month
1 month

It is the policy of the Board of Directors that Non-executive Directors are not eligible to participate in any of the Group’s bonus, long-term 
incentive or pension schemes. Details of the policy on fees paid to our Non-executive Directors are set out in the table below:

Component and objective

Operation

Opportunity

Performance 
measures

Fees

To attract and retain 
Non-executive Directors 
of the highest calibre 
with broad commercial 
experience relevant to 
the Group

The fee paid to the Chairman is determined by the 
Committee excluding the Chairman. The fees paid to 
the other Non-executive Directors are determined by 
the Chairman and the Executive Directors.

Fee levels are reviewed periodically, with any 
adjustments effective 1 April. Fees are reviewed by 
taking into account external advice on best practice 
and fee levels at other FTSE companies of broadly 
similar size and sector to Norcros. Time commitment 
and responsibility are also taken into account when 
reviewing fees.

Additional fees are payable for acting as Chairman 
of the Audit and Risk and Remuneration Committees.

Aggregate fees are limited to 
£350,000 p.a. by the Group’s 
Articles of Association.

n/a

Fee increases will be applied 
taking into account the 
outcome of the review.

The fees paid to Non-executive 
Directors in respect of the 
year under review (and for the 
following year) are disclosed 
in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

Approach to Non-executive Director recruitment remuneration
In recruiting a new Non-executive Director, the Remuneration Committee will use the policy as set out in the table above. A base fee in line 
with the prevailing fee schedule would be payable for serving as a Director of the Board, with additional fees payable for acting as 
Chairman of the Audit and Risk or Remuneration Committees. 

56

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governanceAnnual report on remuneration

The following section provides details of how our policy was implemented during the year ended 31 March 2019 and will be implemented 
in the year ending 31 March 2020. 

Remuneration Committee membership in the year ended 31 March 2019
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and the 
members of the Group’s senior management, and for setting the remuneration packages for the Board Chairman and each Executive 
Director. The Committee’s responsibilities are set out in its Terms of Reference, which can be found on the Company’s website at 
www.norcros.com.

During the year under review, the following Directors were members of the Remuneration Committee:

•  Jo Hallas (Chair);

•  David McKeith; and

•  Martin Towers.

All members of the Committee are independent. They serve on the Committee for a minimum three-year term and a maximum of 
nine years, provided the Director remains independent. As part of an effectiveness review for the entire Board, an evaluation of the 
Remuneration Committee was undertaken in the year to 31 March 2019. We are pleased to report this review concluded that the 
Committee continues to operate effectively.

In addition, the Group Chief Executive was invited to attend Committee meetings as appropriate to advise on specific questions raised 
by the Committee and on matters relating to the performance and remuneration of senior managers, other than in relation to his own 
remuneration. The Group Counsel and Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. No individual was present while decisions 
were made regarding their own remuneration.

The Committee met five times during the year. Attendance by individual members at meetings is detailed on page 40.

Main activities of the Committee during the year ended 31 March 2019
The main activities carried out by the Committee during the year under review were:

•  reviewing and setting salary levels for Executive Directors and senior management;

•  determining the annual bonus outcome for the year ended 31 March 2018;

•  setting operating profit targets for the annual bonus for the year ended 31 March 2019;

•  approving the APSP outcome for the 2015 APSP awards (which vested in 2018);

•  calibrating EPS targets for, and granting of, 2018 APSP awards;

•  reviewing developments in remuneration governance;

•  reviewing and setting the fees payable to the Non-executive Chairman; and

•  reviewing and aligning, where appropriate, the compensation and benefits provided to senior management.

Advisers
The Company uses Mercer Kepler as the independent remuneration adviser to the Remuneration Committee. Mercer Kepler 
is a founding member and signatory of the Code of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants, details of which can be found at 
www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com. In the year to 31 March 2019, Mercer Kepler provided the following services:

Services provided

Mercer Kepler 

Guidance on developments in remuneration governance and implications for Norcros, support on 
setting incentive targets, Remuneration Report drafting support and general support to the 
Remuneration Committee throughout the year.

Fees 
(excl. VAT) 
£

£7,900

Mercer Kepler provides no other services to the Company or its Directors and the Committee is satisfied that the advice it receives 
continues to be independent. Mercer Kepler’s parent company, Mercer, provides limited services to the Company relating to its 
all-employee pension scheme. 

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

57

Corporate governanceAnnual report on remuneration continued

Summary of shareholder voting at the AGM
The following table shows the results of the binding vote on the remuneration policy at the 2017 AGM and advisory vote on the 2018 
Annual Report on Remuneration at the 2018 AGM:

For (including discretionary)
Against

Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes)
Votes withheld

Total votes (including withheld votes)

Remuneration Policy 
(2017 AGM)

Annual Report on Remuneration  
(2018 AGM)

Total number
of votes

% of
votes cast

Total number
of votes

�6,09�,786
���,12�

�6,�28,910
10,895

�6,115,�70

99.08%   50,559,8�7
�0,97�

0.92%  

100.00%   50,590,811
1,��0

  50,592,151

% of
votes cast

99.9�%
0.06%

100.00%

The Committee welcomes the very strong support it continues to receive from shareholders for remuneration at Norcros.

Single figure for total remuneration for Executive Directors (audited information)
The following table provides a single figure for total remuneration of the Executive Directors for the year to 31 March 2019, together with 
comparative figures for the year to 31 March 2018. The values of each element of remuneration are based on the actual value delivered, 
where known. The value of the annual bonus includes the element of bonus deferred under the Deferred Bonus Plan.

Base salary
Taxable benefits1
Annual bonus2
Long-term incentives�
Pension benefit�
SAYE5

Total

Nick Kelsall

Shaun Smith

2019
£

366,170
16,070
223,730
289,155
55,191
—

2018
£

�55,505  
16,292  
177,752  
�71,261  
�8,90�  
1,996  

2019 
£

245,935
13,070
150,266
194,209
36,890
—

2018
£

2�8,772
97,616
119,�86
—
�5,816
—

950,316

971,710  

640,370

�91,590

1  Taxable benefits consist of car allowance (Nick Kelsall – 2019: £15,000, 2018: £15,000; and Shaun Smith – 2019: £12,000, 2018: £12,000) and private medical insurance. For 2018, 

Shaun Smith’s taxable benefits also include the cost of relocation on joining Norcros of £84,324. This cost is part of the relocation allowance (capped at £100k gross of tax) agreed 
in connection with his appointment and disclosed in the 2017 report. 

2  Annual bonus comprises both the cash annual bonus for performance during the year and, where applicable, the face value of the deferred bonus element on the date of deferral. 

Any deferred share element is deferred for three years. See “Annual bonus in respect of performance in the year ended 31 March 2019” below for further details. 

3  For 2019, the APSP value reflects the estimated value of APSP awards granted in July 2016, of which 57.6% will vest to Nick Kelsall and Shaun Smith on 27 July 2019 and includes 

the value of dividends accrued on these awards over the vesting period (£31,307 and £21,027 respectively). The value of awards is estimated using the three-month average share 
price to 31 March 2019 of 192.65p, and will be trued up to reflect the vest-date value of awards in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration. For 2018, the APSP value has been 
trued up from that disclosed in last year’s Remuneration Report to reflect the Group’s share price of 212.0p on the date of vesting (22 July 2018) of awards granted in July 2015. 
The gain on exercise of share options for Nick Kelsall in the year was £451,270.

4  The pension benefit provided to Nick Kelsall and Shaun Smith in 2019 comprises cash in lieu (Nick Kelsall – £54,925; and Shaun Smith – £36,890) and amounts related to the 

defined benefit scheme (Nick Kelsall – £266; and Shaun Smith – n/a). In 2018, pension benefits comprised cash in lieu (Nick Kelsall – £53,326; and Shaun Smith – £35,816) and 
amounts related to the defined benefit scheme (Nick Kelsall – (£4,422); and Shaun Smith – n/a). See “Total pension entitlements” on page 60 for further details.

5  Embedded gain on grant of Save As You Earn scheme grants made. See “2018 SAYE” on page 60 for further details.

58

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
Incentive outcomes for the year ended 31 March 2019 (audited information)
Annual bonus in respect of performance in the year ended 31 March 2019
The 2019 Annual Bonus Plan was based 100% on Group underlying operating profit performance for the year to 31 March 2019. The maximum 
annual bonus opportunity for the year was 100% of base salary for the Group Chief Executive and for the Group Finance Director. Based on the 
Company’s performance in 2019, against targets set at the start of the year, the Committee decided to award an annual bonus of 61.1% of the 
maximum opportunity to the Executive Directors. Further details, including the profit targets set and actual performance, are provided below:

Maximum
Target
Threshold

Underlying 
profit target
£m

�6.5
��.8
�1.1

Payout 
(% of max.)

100%
50%
25%

2019 
outturn 
£m

Bonus 
(% of max.)

��.�

61.1%

50% of each Executive Director’s annual bonus award of 61.1% of base salary, i.e. 30.55% of salary, will be deferred into shares under the DBP. 
This DBP award will vest on the third anniversary of grant, subject to continued employment.

The table below sets out the actual bonuses to be paid in cash and deferred shares for each Executive Director for the year to 31 March 2019:

Nick Kelsall
Shaun Smith

Annual cash bonus

Deferred
share bonus

% of 
earned bonus

Value of 
deferred shares
£

£

Total
£

50%
50%

111,865  
75,1��

111,865
75,1��

22�,7�0
150,266

Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP) 
The grant of options under the DBP in respect of the year to 31 March 2019 has not yet been made. As a result of this, the precise number 
of options to be granted in respect of the year to 31 March 2019 cannot yet be calculated, though the proposed monetary value of the 
bonus earned is known. Accordingly, Nick Kelsall will receive a number of nil-cost options calculated by dividing the proposed value of 
£111,865 by the share price at the date of grant. Shaun Smith will receive a number of nil-cost options calculated by dividing the proposed 
value of £75,133 by the share price at the date of grant.

2016 APSP awards vesting
Effective July 2016, APSP awards of 232,356 shares were granted to Nick Kelsall and of 156,060 shares to Shaun Smith. Vesting of these 
awards was based on Norcros’ aggregate diluted underlying EPS over the three financial years to 31 March 2019. Based on performance over 
this period, the Committee has determined that these awards will each vest as to 57.6% of maximum on 27 July 2019, being the end of the 
relevant three-year vesting period according to the APSP rules. Performance targets and actual performance against these, as determined 
by the Committee, are summarised in the table below:

Threshold
Maximum

Aggregate
underlying EPS

8�.�p
96.5p

% vesting

25%
100%

Norcros’
performance

Award vesting
(% of APSP award)

89.6p 1

57.6%

1  Reflects an adjustment of 0.6p in the 2018/19 underlying diluted EPS due to the impact of a change in accounting policy compared with that used in the EPS target.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

59

Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report on remuneration continued

Scheme interests awarded in 2019 (audited information)
2018 DBP
During the year under review, the following DBP awards were made to the Executive Directors (relating to the annual bonus earned for 
performance over the year to 31 March 2018):

Nick Kelsall

Shaun Smith

Basis of award
Grant date
Number of nil-cost options granted
Grant-date share price (p)
Grant-date face value (£)
Normal vesting date
Performance conditions

50% of earned bonus
25 July 2018
�1,��7
215.0p
88,875
25 July 2021
None

50% of earned bonus
25 July 2018
27,76�
215.0p
56,69�
25 July 2021
None

2018 APSP
During the year under review, the following APSP awards were granted to the Executive Directors:

Nick Kelsall

Shaun Smith

Basis of award
Grant date
Number of nil-cost options granted
Grant-date share price (p)
Grant-date face value (£)
Normal vesting date
Performance period
Performance conditions

Holding period

100% of base salary
25 July 2018
170,�11
215.0
�66,169
25 July 2021
1 April 2018–�1 March 2021
Three-year aggregate underlying EPS
Threshold: 96.1p (25% of element vesting)
Maximum: 109.7p (100% of element vesting)
Straight-line vesting between these points
25 July 2021–25 July 202�

100% of base salary
25 July 2018
11�,�88
215.0
2�5,9��
25 July 2021
1 April 2018–�1 March 2021

25 July 2021–25 July 202�

2018 SAYE
In the year ended 31 March 2019, Nick Kelsall and Shaun Smith did not enter into a further savings contract under the SAYE during the year 
as each is contracted under previous SAYE grants at the HMRC limits.

Total pension entitlements (audited information)
As part of their remuneration arrangements, Nick Kelsall and Shaun Smith are entitled to receive pension contributions from the Company. 
Under these arrangements, they can elect for those contributions to be paid in the form of taxable pension allowance, or direct payments 
into a personal pension plan or the Group’s UK defined contribution scheme. If a payment is made in the form of taxable pension 
allowance, the amount payable is not reduced to allow for employment taxes.

During the year Nick Kelsall elected to take a taxable pension allowance of £54,925 (2018: £53,326) with no amounts paid directly into a 
pension scheme (2018: £nil). Shaun Smith elected to take a taxable pension allowance of £36,890 (2018: £35,816) with no amount paid 
into a personal pension plan (2018: £nil). In line with the Regulations, the single figure table reflects the total of these amounts, as well as 
the capitalised increase in accrued pension (net of inflation) under the UK defined benefit scheme, of which Nick Kelsall is a deferred 
member. Shaun Smith is not a member of the UK defined benefit scheme. Details of Executive Directors’ retirement benefits under the 
Group’s UK defined benefit scheme and taxable pension allowances are summarised in the following table:

Director

Nick Kelsall
Shaun Smith

Accrued
pension
£

2�,109
—

Increase in
accrued
pension 
net of CPI
£

1�
—

Transfer 
value of net
 increase
£

10,29�
—

Additional
value of 
pension 
on early
retirement
£

—
—

Pension 
value in the 
year from
DB scheme
£

Pension value
in the year
from cash
 allowance
£

266
—

5�,925
�6,890

Total
£

55,191
�6,890

60

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single figure for total remuneration for Non-executive Directors (audited information)
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Non-executive Director for the year ended 31 March 2019 
and the prior year:

Martin Towers
Jo Hallas
David McKeith

Payments to past Directors (audited information)
During the year under review, no payments were made to past Directors. 

Exit payments made in the year (audited information)
No exit payments to Directors were made during the year under review.

Total fee

2019 
£

2018 
£

105,000
43,940
43,940

100,980
�2,662
�2,662

External appointments in the year
Shaun Smith is a non-executive director of Air Partner plc. In respect of this role, Shaun Smith received from Air Partner plc fees 
of £35,000 during the year ended 31 March 2019, which he retained. No other external appointments were held by the Executive Directors 
during the year.

Percentage change in CEO remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in the CEO’s salary, benefits (excluding pension) and annual bonus between the 2018 and 
2019 financial years compared with the percentage change in the average of each of those components of pay for all UK staff employed 
in continuing operations. A UK subset of employees was selected as a suitable comparator group for this analysis because the CEO is 
based in the UK (albeit with a global role and responsibilities) and pay changes across the Group vary widely depending on local market 
conditions (in particular fluctuations in the exchange rate between the South African Rand and British Pound). The comparison uses a per 
capita figure and accordingly this reflects an average across the Group’s businesses. No account is therefore taken of the impact of 
operational factors such as new joiners and leavers and the mix of employees.

Salary
Benefits
Bonus

CEO
% change
2018–2019

�.0%
(1.�)%
25.9%

Average 
of other 
employees
% change
2018–2019

�.0%
�.0%
2�.5%

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows shareholder distributions (i.e. dividends – there were no share buybacks in either year) and Norcros’ expenditure 
on total employee pay for the year under review and the prior year, and the percentage change year on year.

Dividends
Dividend per share
Total staff costs

2019
£m

6.4
8.4p
60.7

2018
£m

5.0
7.8p
59.9

% change

28.0%
7.7%
1.�%

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

61

Corporate governanceAnnual report on remuneration continued

Performance graph and table
The following graph shows the ten-year TSR performance of the Company relative to the FTSE All-Share Construction & Materials Index. 
This comparator was chosen because the Company is a constituent member of this index.

Total shareholder return
(Value of £100 invested on 31 March 2009)

)
£
(

t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n

I

500

400

300

200

100

0

31 March 
2009

31 March 
2010

31 March 
2011

31 March 
2012

31 March 
2013

31 March 
2014

31 March 
2015

31 March 
2016

31 March 
2017

31 March 
2018

31 March 
2019

 Norcros

 Construction & Materials

The table below details the Chief Executive’s single figure of remuneration over the same period:

2010

2011

2012

201�

201�

2015

2016

2017

 2018 
updated

 2019

CEO single figure 
of remuneration 
(£000)

Nick 
Kelsall

Nick 
Kelsall

Joe
Matthews

Joe
Matthews

Nick 
Incumbent
Kelsall
Total remuneration £�88,000 £611,000 £�80,780 £526,282 £917,5�0 £1,161,288 £928,76� £1,025,158 £971,710 £950,316
Annual bonus 
(as a % of max. 
opportunity)
APSP vesting 
(as a % of max. 
opportunity)

Nick 
Kelsall

Nick 
Kelsall

Nick 
Kelsall

Nick 
Kelsall

Nick 
Kelsall

100%

100%

100%

100%

99%

69%

50%

50%

68%

�8%

5�%

61%

81%

81%

n/a

n/a

n/a

0%

0%

58%

Implementation of Executive Director remuneration policy for the year to 31 March 2020
The Remuneration Committee conducted a thorough review of Executive Directors’ remuneration, effective 1 April 2019. The results of this 
review are as follows:

Base salary
Base salaries were reviewed taking into account individual performance and competitive practice for similar roles in the Company’s 
remuneration peer group, and remuneration awards within the Group. The Committee decided to increase Executive Director salaries in 
line with the rest of the UK businesses in the Group by 3%. For the year ending 31 March 2020, base salaries will be £377,155 for Nick Kelsall 
and £253,313 for Shaun Smith.

62

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governance 
Pension
There is no change in the contribution percentage for Executive Directors for the year ending 31 March 2020, which remains at 15% of salary.

Benefits
There is no change in the car allowance for Executive Directors for the year ending 31 March 2020, which is £15,000 p.a. for Nick Kelsall 
and £12,000 p.a. for Shaun Smith.

Annual bonus
The annual bonus opportunity for Executive Directors will remain unchanged for the 2020 financial year with a maximum bonus 
entitlement of 100% of salary. The bonus outcome for Executive Directors will continue to be based entirely on Group underlying 
operating profit. Of any bonus earned 50% will be deferred into nil-cost options for a further three years under the DBP. Annual bonus 
targets are considered to be commercially sensitive but will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.

APSP
The structure of APSP awards to be made in the 2020 financial year will be unchanged from 2019. Awards with face values of 100% of 
salary will be granted to Nick Kelsall and Shaun Smith, with vesting subject to the achievement of three-year aggregate diluted underlying 
EPS targets. To the extent an award vests, vested shares will be subject to a further two-year holding period. The Committee will determine 
these targets at the time awards are made and these targets (along with other relevant details of this grant) will be disclosed in next year’s 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

SAYE
Nick Kelsall and Shaun Smith will continue to be able to participate in any SAYE contract offered to all employees, on identical terms.

Implementation of Non-executive Director remuneration policy for the year to 31 March 2020
The Committee has reviewed the Board Chairman’s fee and concluded that an increase of 4.8% (to £110,000 p.a.) was appropriate. The 
Board Chairman and the Executive Directors reviewed Non-executive Director fees at the same time and concluded that a percentage 
increase of 4% for Non-executive Director fees and 9% for the additional fee for chairing a committee would be appropriate. Accordingly, 
for the 2020 financial year, Non-executive Director fees will be as follows:

Executive Director

Board Chairman
Non-executive Director
Additional fee for chairing Audit and Risk or Remuneration Committees

Fee at
1 April 2019

Fee from
1 April 2018

Percentage
increase

£110,000
£40,000
£6,000

£105,000
£�8,�51
£5,�89

5%
�%
9%

Executive Director shareholdings (audited information)
The table below shows the shareholding of each Executive Director and their respective shareholding requirement as at 31 March 2019:

Options held

Nick Kelsall
Shaun Smith

Shares owned

1,275,600
27,275

Vested but
not exercised 

Unvested
and subject
to performance 

Unvested but 
not subject
to performance 

Shareholding
 guideline 
% of salary

% current 
holding

% potential
holding

Requirement
met?

—
—

�75,805
252,�06

��7,916
175,5�8

100%
100%

671%
21%

85�%
159%

Yes
No

Current shareholding is based on shares owned outright and valued using the average share price over three months ended 31 March 2019 
of 192.65p. The potential shareholding includes shares owned outright and shares not under performance conditions valued using the 
average share price over three months ended 31 March 2019 of 192.65p.

Details of the options held are provided in the table overleaf.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

63

Corporate governanceAnnual report on remuneration continued

Directors’ share scheme interests (audited information)
Share options

Scheme

Date
of grant

Vested
date

Expiration
date

Exercise
price

Shares
under 
option
1 April
2018

Granted
in 2019

Vested
in 2018

Exercised
in 2019

Lapsed
in 2019

Shares
under 
option
�1 March
2019

Nick Kelsall

DBP 22.07.15 22.07.18 22.07.25
27.07.19 27.07.26
27.07.16
16.11.17 16.11.20 16.11.27
25.07.18 25.07.21 25.07.28

— 5�,9��
— 92,5��
— 68,920
—
—

— 5�,9��
—
—
—
—
—
�1,��7

5�,9��
—
—
—

—
—
— 92,5��
— 68,920
�1,��7
—

Total 215,398

41,337 

53,934 

53,934 

— 202,801 

APSP 22.07.15 22.07.18 22.07.25
27.07.16
27.07.19 27.07.26
16.11.17 16.11.20 16.11.27
25.07.18 25.07.21 25.07.28

— 158,9�0
— 2�2,�56
— 205,�9�
—

— 158,9�0 158,9�0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— 170,�11

—
—
— 2�2,�56
— 205,�9�
— 170,�11

Total 596,780

170,311 158,930 158,930

— 608,161

SAYE

15.12.17 01.0�.21 �1.08.21

159p

11,278

Total

11,278

—

—

Shaun Smith

DBP

16.11.17 16.11.20 16.11.27
25.07.18 25.07.21 25.07.28

— �5,99�
—
—

—
27,76�

Total

45,993

27,764

APSP

27.07.16
27.07.19 27.07.26
16.11.17 16.11.20 16.11.27
25.07.18 25.07.21 25.07.28

— 156,060
— 1�8,018
—

—
—
— 11�,�88

SAYE

16.12.16 01.0�.20 01.0�.20

151p

11,900

—

Total 294,078 114,388

—

—

—
—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

11,278

— 11,278

— �5,99�
27,76�
—

— 73,757

— 156,060
— 1�8,018
— 11�,�88

— 408,466 

—

11,900

Performance

Threshold
Maximum

Three-year aggregate EPS targets 

% vesting

22.07.15 award

27.07.16 award

16.11.17 award

25.07.18 award

25%
100%

6�.1p
72.9p

8�.�p
96.5p

91.8p
10�.7p

96.1p
109.7p

Shareholder dilution
The Group’s share incentive plans operate in line with the Investment Association’s Principles, which require that commitments under 
all-share schemes satisfied by newly issued shares must not exceed 10% of the issued share capital in any rolling ten-year period, of which 
up to 5% may be used to satisfy options under executive share schemes. The Group’s position against the dilution limits at 31 March 2019 
was 5.7% for the all-share schemes limit and 3.3% for executive schemes.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited information)

Director

Nick Kelsall
Shaun Smith
Martin Towers
Jo Hallas
David McKeith

This report was approved by the Board of Directors on 12 June 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

31 March 2019
Ordinary shares

�1 March 2018
Ordinary shares

1,275,600 
27,275 
160,815
23,921
17,941

1,162,78� 
26,275 
160,815 
2�,921 
17,9�1 

Jo Hallas
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
12 June 2019

64

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report

The Directors present their Annual Report and the audited 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended 
31 March 2019.

Principal activities
The Company acts as a holding company for the Norcros Group. 
The Company’s registered number is 3691883 and the Company 
is registered and domiciled in England.

The Group’s principal activities are the development, manufacture 
and marketing of bathroom and kitchen products in the UK and 
South Africa.

Results and dividends
The information that fulfils the requirements of the Business Review, 
which is incorporated in the Directors’ Report by reference, 
including the review of the Group’s business and future prospects, 
is included in the Chairman’s Statement, the Group Chief Executive’s 
Statement and the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 35. Key performance 
indicators are shown on page 11.

The Directors recommend a final dividend for the year ended 
31 March 2019 of 5.6p (2018: 5.2p). This follows the decision to 
pay an interim dividend earlier in the year of 2.8p (2018: 2.6p).

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
and indemnities
The Company purchases liability insurance cover for Directors and 
officers of the Company which gives appropriate cover for any 
legal action brought against them. The Company also provides an 
indemnity for its Directors (to the extent permitted by the law) in 
respect of liabilities which could occur as a result of their office. 
This indemnity does not provide cover should a Director be proven 
to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

Purchase of own shares
In 2007 the Company formed the Norcros Employee Benefit Trust 
(the Trust). The purpose of the Trust is to meet part of the Company’s 
liabilities under the Company’s share schemes. The Trust purchased 
480,000 shares during the year (2018: 220,000). At the Company’s 
2018 Annual General Meeting, the shareholders authorised the 
Company to make market purchases of up to 8,019,528 ordinary 
shares. At the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, shareholders 
will be asked to renew the authority to purchase its own shares for 
another year. Details are contained in the AGM Notice of Meeting 
on pages 111 to 114.

Employees
The necessity for, and importance of, good relations with all 
employees is well recognised and accepted throughout the Group.

However, because the Group’s activities are organised on a 
de-centralised basis, with each operating business having a 
reasonable degree of autonomy over its operations, there is no 
uniform set of arrangements for employee involvement imposed 
throughout the Group. Nevertheless, all Group companies are 
strongly encouraged to devise and adopt whatever means of 
employee consultation best suits their circumstances.

The Group is fully committed to keeping its employees informed 
about their work unit and the wider business including the financial 
and economic factors that impact the performance of the Group. 
The Group encourages the involvement of employees in the 
Company’s performance through an employee “save as you earn” 
share scheme.

The Group recognises its responsibilities towards disabled persons 
and therefore all applications from such persons are fully and fairly 
considered bearing in mind the respective aptitudes and abilities 
of the applicant. In the event of existing employees becoming 
disabled, every effort is made to ensure that their employment 
with the Group continues and that appropriate training is arranged. 
It is the policy of the Group that the training, career development 
and promotion of disabled persons should, as far as possible, 
be identical to that of an able-bodied person.

Directors
Biographical details of the present Directors are set out on pages 
36 and 37. The Directors who served during the year and to the 
date of this report are set out below:

Director

Martin Towers
Jo Hallas
David McKeith
Alison Littley

Nick Kelsall
Shaun Smith

Role

Chair
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
(appointed 1 May 2019 and to replace
Jo Hallas from 2� July 2019)
Group Chief Executive
Group Finance Director

The interests of the Directors in the shares of the Company at 
31 March 2019 and 31 March 2018 are shown on page 64.

Substantial shareholding
As at 11 June 2019 the Company had received notification that the 
following were interested in voting rights representing 3% or more 
of the Company’s issued share capital:

Name

Canaccord Genuity Group Inc
Miton Group
J O Hambro Capital Management Ltd
FIL Ltd 
Artemis Fund Managers
Prudential plc
SVM Asset Management
Invesco Ltd

% of total 
voting rights

1�.26
10.65
10.16
7.55
7.�5
5.0�
5.02
�.1�

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

65

Corporate governanceFinancial risk management
The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks. 
Details of the risks faced by the Group are provided in note 19 
to the financial statements.

Takeover directive
The Company has only one class of shares, being ordinary shares, 
which have equal voting rights. The holdings of individual Directors 
are disclosed on page 64.

There are no significant agreements to which the Company is a 
party which take effect, alter or terminate in the event of a change 
of control of the Company, except for the banking facilities dated 
2 November 2017 in respect of the £120.0m unsecured revolving 
credit facility and the £30.0m accordion facility which contain 
mandatory prepayment provisions on a change of control.

There are no provisions within Directors’ employment contracts 
which allow for specific termination payments upon a change 
of control.

Statement of disclosure of information to auditor 
In the case of each of the persons who are Directors, the 
following applies:

(a)   so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

(b)   they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as 
a Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor 
is aware of that information.

Independent auditor
A resolution to re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor 
to the Company will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting of the Company will take place at 
11.00 am on 23 July 2019 at Mere Golf Resort & Spa, Chester Road, 
Mere, Knutsford, Cheshire WA16 6LJ. The notice convening that 
meeting, together with the resolutions to be proposed, appears on 
pages 111 to 114 of this document. The Directors recommend that 
all shareholders vote in favour of all of the resolutions to be 
proposed, as the Directors intend to do so in respect of their own 
shares, and consider that they are in the best interests of the 
Company and the shareholders as a whole.

By order of the Board

Richard Collins
Company Secretary 
12 June 2019

Directors’ report continued

Greenhouse gas emissions
The Board presents this report in order to meet the Company’s 
obligation under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013 to disclose the Group’s 
worldwide emissions of the six Kyoto gases attributable to human 
activity measured in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent. As stated 
in the Corporate Responsibility and Sustainability section on pages 
32 to 35, the Company is committed to reducing and minimising 
its impact on the environment.

Global GHG emissions data
Year ended �1 March

Tonnes of CO2e 
2019

Tonnes of CO2e 
2018

Emissions from:
Combustion of fuel and operation of 
facilities (Scope 1)
Electricity, heat, steam and cooling 
purchased for own use (Scope 2)

Total

Company’s chosen intensity 
measurement1

1  Emissions per £m of revenue.

61,947

57,028

 32,766

94,713

29,26�

86,292

286.1

287.5

We have reported on all of the emission sources, being Scope 1 
and Scope 2 emissions. These are emissions from activities for 
which the Group is responsible, plus emissions resulting from the 
purchase of electricity, heat, steam or cooling by a business in the 
Group for its own use. These sources use the same reporting 
boundary as for our consolidated financial statements. We do not 
have responsibility for any emission sources that are not included 
in our consolidated financial statements.

We have used the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and 
Reporting Standard (revised edition), data gathered to fulfil our 
requirements under the CRC Energy Efficiency scheme, and 
emission factors from the UK Government’s GHG Conversion 
Factors for Company Reporting 2014. Where no more suitable data 
sources are available, we have used, where practicable, estimates 
based on the appropriate information that is available to the Group.

Political donations
There were no political donations (2018: £nil).

Research and development
The Group’s expenditure on research and development is disclosed 
in note 3 to the financial statements and is focused on the 
development of new products.

Corporate governance
Details of the Group’s corporate governance are contained on 
pages 38 to 41. This Corporate Governance Report forms part of 
the Directors’ Report and is incorporated into it by cross reference.

Going concern
Having taken into account the principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group detailed on pages 26 to 30 in the Strategic 
Report, the Board considers it appropriate to prepare the financial 
statements on the going concern basis, as explained in note 1 to 
the financial statements.

66

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Corporate governanceStatement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and 
Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the 
Directors’ Report, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

•  the Company financial statements, which have been prepared 

in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101, ‘Reduced disclosure framework’, and 
applicable law), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Company;

•  the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, give 
a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit of the Group; and

•  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report include a fair 

review of the development and performance of the business 
and the position of the Group and Company, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces. 

In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ 
Report is approved:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Group and Company’s auditor 
is unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a 

Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Group and Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information.

Nick Kelsall 
Group Chief Executive 
12 June 2019

Shaun Smith
Group Finance Director

In respect of the Annual Report, the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by 
the European Union and the Company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 
101, ‘Reduced disclosure framework’, and applicable law). Under 
company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Group and Company for that period. In 
preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European 

Union have been followed for the Group financial statements 
and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, 
have been followed for the Company financial statements, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the Group and Company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 
2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of 
the IAS Regulation.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets 
of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

67

Corporate governanceIndependent auditors’ report
to the members of Norcros plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

•  Norcros plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view 
of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2019 and of the group’s profit and cash flows for the year 
then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 

as adopted by the European Union;

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 

Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 

group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2019 (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: 
the consolidated and parent company balance sheets as at 31 March 2019; the consolidated income statement, the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated cash flow statement, and the consolidated and parent company statements 
of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant 
accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided 
to the group or the parent company.

Other than those disclosed in note 3 to the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the group or the parent 
company in the period from 1 April 2018 to 31 March 2019.

Our audit approach
Overview

•  Overall group materiality: £1,710,000 (2018: £1,360,000), based on 5% of underlying profit before tax.

•  Overall parent company materiality: £350,000 (2018: £250,000), based on the lower of component and 

Materiality

statutory materiality (statutory materiality based on 1% of total assets).

Audit scope

Key audit 
matters

•  The group consists of ten operating divisions, alongside its head office functions. Our audit focused on 
the most significant of these in terms of materiality to the group financial statements. The components 
within the scope of our work accounted for 92% of group revenue and 96% of group underlying profit 
before tax.

•  Defined benefit pension plan liabilities (group).

•  Accounting for customer rebates and other trade promotional spend (group).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 
In particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates 
that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. 

68

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statementsReport on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud
Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations 
related to the Listing Rules, tax legislation, employment law and health and safety regulations, and we considered the extent to which 
non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a 
direct impact on the preparation of the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives 
and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that 
the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries and management bias in accounting estimates. The group 
engagement team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in 
response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the group engagement team and/or component auditors included:

•  Discussions with management, including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation 

and fraud;

•  Evaluation of management’s controls designed to prevent and detect irregularities, in particular their anti-bribery controls;

•  Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to 
defined benefit pension plan liabilities and accounting for customer rebates and other trade promotional spend (see related key audit 
matters below);

•  Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations, posted by senior 

management or including specific key words.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations 
is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it. Also, the risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures 
thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Defined benefit pension plan liabilities 
Refer to note 1 (Accounting policies), page 80 (Critical accounting 
estimates and judgements) and note 22.

The group has a defined benefit pension plan net liability of £31.6m 
(2018: £48.0m), which is significant in the context of both the overall 
balance sheet and the results of the group. A major constituent of 
this net liability is the value attributed to the gross liabilities of the 
pension scheme.

The valuation of these gross liabilities requires significant 
judgement and expertise primarily in respect of the key 
assumptions used.

These assumptions include both financial assumptions e.g. the 
discount rate and inflation, but also key demographic assumptions 
e.g. mortality rates. Modest changes in a number of these key 
assumptions can have a material impact on the calculation of the 
liability. We therefore focused our work on this area.

The gross liabilities also include an estimate relating to the GMP 
equalisation court ruling made during the year.

We obtained the external actuary’s report used in valuing the 
scheme’s liabilities, including the impact of GMP equalisation, 
and determined, using our experience of the valuation of similar 
schemes, and our own pension specialists, that the methodologies 
adopted by the actuary in forming the valuation were consistent 
with industry practice and our expectations.

We also agreed the key financial assumptions used within the 
valuation of the scheme’s liabilities, including the discount 
and inflation rates, to our internally developed benchmarks.

We compared the assumptions around salary increases to 
historic salary increases and considered the appropriateness 
of the mortality assumptions. The assumptions used within 
the valuation of the scheme’s liabilities were in line with our 
benchmarks and were considered appropriate.

Disclosures
We read the disclosures within the financial statements in 
respect of the defined benefit scheme and, based on our work, 
determined that they are consistent with accounting standards.

Group

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

69

Financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Norcros plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Accounting for customer rebates and other trade 
promotional spend
Refer to note 1 (Accounting policies) and page 80 (Critical accounting 
estimates and judgements).

As is normal industry practice, the group has a number of trading 
agreements in place with its largest customers to encourage them to 
purchase and promote the group’s products. These consist of various 
types of rebates and other trade spend commitments, which may then 
be subject to variation from time to time.

Rebates on sales are recognised as a deduction from revenue and are 
earned over the period of the contractual agreements with individual 
customers. The total amount recognised in a year is therefore based 
on the expected amount payable up to the balance sheet date under 
each customer agreement.

Promotional spend is a further deduction from revenue. The funding 
paid is recognised in the period to which it relates in accordance with 
the agreement with the customer.

We focused on such arrangements because of the significance of the 
amounts to the group’s gross profit, the significant number of transactions 
and agreements in place, and the industrywide focus on this area 
of accounting.

Our audit work in respect of accounting for customer rebates 
and other trade promotional spend comprised a combination 
of substantive testing, controls testing, and an assessment of 
the group’s disclosures in this area. Each element of our work 
is considered in more detail below.

Substantive testing
We tested a sample of the underlying agreements to provide the 
core evidence to support the amount and timing of recognition 
of both customer rebates and other trade promotional spend. 
This work involved evaluating whether the amount and timing of 
recognition was consistent with the contractual arrangements.

Where such agreements spanned the year end, or where the 
agreements were on a calendar year basis and the 2019 
calendar year agreements had not yet been agreed, we critically 
assessed the judgements taken by the directors in estimating 
year end accruals for amounts owing to customers. This work 
included the use of look back tests to assess the accuracy of the 
accruals in previous years, alongside the use of “reasonableness 
checks” around the key assumptions of rebate terms and, in the 
case of volume rebates, the level of sales likely to occur in the 
rebate period, with reference to historic events. This testing did 
not identify any evidence of bias in the directors’ judgements.

The amount to be recognised in the income statement for such 
arrangements requires the directors to apply judgement based on the 
agreements in place with each of the group’s customers, together with 
estimates of amounts the group owes where transactions span the 
financial year end.

We also analysed rebate expense and promotional expense 
recognised each month and compared them to gross sales to 
identify whether there were any unusual trends in the amounts 
or timing of rebate expense and promotional expense 
recognised in each period.

The relative level of judgement in each of the categories of 
arrangements noted above is considered below:

Volume based rebates
Volume based rebates are driven by customers achieving sales 
volume targets agreed with the group for specific products over a 
pre-determined period. There is, therefore, judgement involved in 
estimating the volume of sales, particularly where rebate agreements 
span a financial year end, which is the case in a large number of 
instances. In such instances the key judgement that we focused 
on was the estimate of the rebate expense accrued at year end.

Other trade promotional spend
This expense varies with regards to the nature and timing of the activity 
to which it relates, and is recognised in accordance with the terms 
agreed with customers.

It derives from a number of varying agreements and its recognition 
requires the group to determine the extent to which the promotional 
activity has taken place and, hence, the amount payable by the group.

Our focus was on assessing the accuracy of the expense charged, 
whether the amount recognised was recorded in the appropriate 
period and the completeness of the expense.

Group

Alongside this we held discussions with members of 
management within the sales teams to further understand 
the substance of these agreements and trends in the year. 
No unusual trends were identified. Additionally, testing was 
performed in respect of post-year end credit notes issued and 
debit notes received, where applicable, to determine whether 
specific promotions were appropriately provided for as at the 
balance sheet date at the appropriate amount.

Controls testing
Where appropriate, our substantive work was supplemented by 
controls work which encompassed understanding, evaluating 
and testing key controls in respect of the approval of customer 
rebates and other trade promotional spend. We determined that 
we were able to obtain evidence from the operation of these 
controls for the purpose of our audit of whether customer 
rebates and other trade promotional spend had been 
recorded appropriately.

Disclosures
We read the disclosures within the financial statements in respect 
of customer rebates and other trade promotional spend and, 
based on our work, determined that they are consistent with 
accounting standards and the recent guidance on the reporting 
of complex supplier arrangements issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council.

70

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statementsReport on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the parent company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in 
which they operate.

The group consists of 16 statutory entities (excluding dormant entities) and a number of divisions. These are predominantly based within 
the UK and Ireland and South Africa, which also form the reporting segments of Norcros plc. In the UK and Ireland Norcros operate under 
seven brands, each a separate division of Norcros Group Holdings Limited. These are Vado, Johnson Tiles, Norcros Adhesives, Triton, 
Croydex, Merlyn and Abode. South Africa is similarly made up of three entities, Johnson Tiles South Africa, TAL and Tile Africa which are 
each a separate brand. Each division or entity has its own finance function, who report directly to head office, with the head office 
function incurring certain central costs on behalf of the group.

Consistent with the group’s operations, we scoped our audit at a divisional level. The work at the operating divisions in the UK was performed 
by the UK engagement team whilst the work at the South African operating divisions and at the Merlyn division, whose finance team is 
based in Ireland, were performed by PwC teams based in South Africa and Ireland respectively. The UK team instructed the South African 
and Irish teams to perform a full scope audit of the South African and Merlyn operations, both in UK and Ireland, and to focus their work 
on customer rebates/other trade promotional spend. The UK engagement team attended planning calls with both the South African 
and Irish teams where the scope of their work was discussed, including their planned work in respect of customer rebates/other trade 
promotional spend. Further the UK engagement team visited both South Africa and Ireland to review the working papers of the overseas 
teams and attended meetings with the overseas teams and the respective finance teams following completion of the divisional work. 

The parent company is accounted for by the head office finance team. The audit work in respect of the parent company is completed 
by the UK engagement team.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures 
on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in 
aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Overall materiality

£1,710,000 (2018: £1,�60,000).

£�50,000 (2018: £250,000).

How we determined it 5% of underlying profit before tax.

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

We believe that profit before tax, adjusted for those 
items set out in note 8 to the group financial statements 
(“underlying profit before tax”) provides us with a 
consistent year on year basis for determining materiality 
based on the underlying trading performance of the group, 
but eliminating non-recurring and non-cash items.

Based on the lower of component and statutory 
materiality (statutory materiality based on 1% of 
total assets).

We believe that calculating statutory materiality 
based on 1% of total assets is appropriate as total 
assets is a typical primary measure for users of the 
financial statements of holding companies, and is 
a generally accepted auditing benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was between £350,000 and £1,300,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory 
audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £85,000 
(group audit) (2018: £60,000) and £85,000 (Parent company audit) (2018: £60,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, 
in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

71

Financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Norcros plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We are required to report if we have anything material to add or draw attention to in respect 
of the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered 
it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements 
and the directors’ identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s and the parent 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern over a period of at least twelve months 
from the date of approval of the financial statements.

We have nothing material to add or to 
draw attention to.

However, because not all future events 
or conditions can be predicted, this 
statement is not a guarantee as to the 
group’s and parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern. For 
example, the terms on which the United 
Kingdom may withdraw from the European 
Union are not clear, and it is difficult to 
evaluate all of the potential implications 
on the group’s trade, customers, 
suppliers and the wider economy. 

We are required to report if the directors’ statement relating to Going Concern in accordance 
with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(�) is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

We have nothing to report.

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have 
been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 (CA06), ISAs (UK) 
and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below 
(required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report for the year ended 31 March 2019 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06)

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity 
of the group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:

•  The directors’ confirmation on page 27 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 

the group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.

•  The directors’ explanation on page 31 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period 

they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their 
assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the group. Our review was substantially less in 
scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking 
that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering 
whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge and understanding of the group and parent company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit. (Listing Rules)

72

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statementsReport on the audit of the financial statements continued
Reporting on other information continued
Other Code Provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 

•  The statement given by the directors, on page 67, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 

understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and parent company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the group and parent company obtained 
in the course of performing our audit.

•  The section of the Annual Report on page 42 describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee does not appropriately address 

matters communicated by us to the Audit and Risk Committee.

•  The directors’ statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from 

a relevant provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. (CA06)

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save 
where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with 

the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the members during 1999 to audit the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 March 2000 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 20 years, covering 
the years ended 31 March 2000 to 31 March 2019.

Hazel Macnamara (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Manchester
12 June 2019

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

73

Financial statementsConsolidated income statement
Year ended 31 March 2019

Continuing operations

Revenue

Underlying operating profit

IAS 19R administrative expenses

Acquisition related costs

Exceptional operating items

Operating profit

Finance costs

Finance income

IAS 19R finance cost

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the Company

Basic earnings per share:

From profit for the year

Diluted earnings per share:

From profit for the year

Weighted average number of shares for basic earnings per share (millions)

Alternative performance measures

Underlying profit before taxation (£m)

Underlying earnings (£m)

Basic underlying earnings per share

Diluted underlying earnings per share

Notes

2019
£m

2018
£m

2

331.0

�00.1

22

5

5

6

6

22

7

9

9

9

8

8

9

9

34.4

(1.5)

(3.8)

(4.0)

25.1

(2.0)

3.6

(1.3)

25.4

(6.0)

19.4

27.�

(1.�)

(�.�)

(2.1)

19.6

(�.5)

—

(1.6)

1�.5

(�.6)

9.9

24.2p

1�.5p

23.9p

80.2

32.6

25.7

32.1p

31.7p

1�.1p

68.0

26.�

20.6

�0.�p

29.5p

74

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Year ended 31 March 2019

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income and expense:

Items that will not subsequently be reclassified to the Income Statement

Notes

2019
£m

19.4

2018
£m

9.9

Actuarial gains on retirement benefit obligations

22

14.6

12.6

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to the Income Statement

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Items in the statement are disclosed net of tax.

(6.2)

8.4

27.8

0.�

1�.0

22.9

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

75

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet
At 31 March 2019

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Current tax liabilities

Financial liabilities – borrowings

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities – borrowings

Pension scheme liability

Other non-current liabilities

Provisions

Net assets

Financed by:

Share capital

Share premium

Retained earnings and other reserves

Total equity

Notes

11

12 

1�

20

2019
£m

56.3

38.6

42.3

0.8

2018
£m

56.6

�2.�

�5.0

�.0

1�

15

19

16

17

19

18

18

22

2�

21

2�

138.0

1�7.9

79.5

62.5

0.3

27.2

7�.9

6�.�

—

25.8

169.5

165.1

(79.6)

—

(1.7)

(3.8)

(77.0)

(�.�)

(1.0)

(8.5)

(85.1)

(89.8)

84.4

75.�

222.4

22�.2

(58.4)

(31.6)

(0.9)

(5.8)

(6�.�)

(�8.0)

(1.�)

(�.9)

(96.7)

(118.6)

125.7

10�.6

8.0

29.9

87.8

8.0

29.7

66.9

125.7

10�.6

The financial statements of Norcros plc, registered number 3691883, on pages 74 to 104, were authorised for issue on 12 June 2019 and 
signed on behalf of the Board by:

Nick Kelsall 
Group Chief Executive 

Shaun Smith
Group Finance Director

76

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement
Year ended 31 March 2019

Cash generated from operations 

Income taxes paid

Interest paid

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings (including payment of deferred consideration) net of 
cash acquired

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital

Costs of equity issue 

Purchase of treasury shares

Costs of raising debt finance

(Repayment)/drawdown of borrowings

Dividends paid to the Company’s shareholders

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities 

Net increase in cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts 

Cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts at the beginning of the year

Exchange movements on cash and bank overdrafts

Cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts at the end of the year

Notes

25

26

2019
£m

35.3

(4.6)

(1.8)

28.9

(5.6)

0.1

(2.1)

(7.6)

0.2

—

(1.1)

(0.2)

(6.0)

(6.4)

(13.5)

7.8

17.3

(1.7)

23.4

2018
£m

2�.5

(�.9)

(1.1)

17.5

(7.7)

—

(59.1)

(66.8)

�2.1

(1.6)

(0.�)

(0.6)

�5.0

(5.0)

59.5

10.2

6.6

0.5

17.�

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

77

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Year ended 31 March 2019

Ordinary
share
capital
£m

Share
premium
£m

Treasury
reserve
£m

Translation
reserve
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

At 1 April 2017

Comprehensive income:

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

Actuarial gain on retirement benefit obligations

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Total other comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners:

Shares issued

Dividends paid

Purchase of treasury shares

Cash-settled share options

Equity-settled share options

Value of employee services

At �1 March 2018

Comprehensive income:

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Actuarial gain on retirement benefit obligations

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Total other comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners:

Shares issued

Dividends paid

Purchase of treasury shares

Settlement of share option schemes

Value of employee services

6.1

1.1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1.9

28.6

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8.0

29.7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(0.�)

—

0.�

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1.1)

0.8

—

Total
equity
£m

56.6

(6.7)

56.1

—

—

0.�

0.�

—

—

—

—

—

—

9.9

9.9

12.6

—

12.6

—

(5.0)

—

(0.9)

(0.�)

0.9

12.6

0.�

1�.0

�0.5

(5.0)

(0.�)

(0.9)

—

0.9

(6.�)

7�.2

10�.6

—

—

(6.2)

(6.2)

—

—

—

—

—

19.�

19.�

1�.6

—

1�.6

—

(6.�)

—

(1.�)

1.2

1�.6

(6.2)

8.�

0.2

(6.�)

(1.1)

(0.6)

1.2

At 31 March 2019

8.0

29.9

(0.3)

(12.5)

100.6

125.7

78

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Group accounts
Year ended 31 March 2019

1. Group accounting policies
General information
Norcros plc (the Company), and its subsidiaries (together the Group), designs, manufactures and distributes a range of high quality 
and innovative bathroom and kitchen products mainly in the UK and South Africa.

The Company is incorporated in the UK as a public company limited by shares and registered in England and Wales. The shares of the 
Company are listed on the London Stock Exchange market of listed securities. The address of its registered office is Ladyfield House, 
Station Road, Wilmslow SK9 1BU, UK. The Company is domiciled in the UK.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for derivative financial instruments 
which are stated at their fair value. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as endorsed by 
the European Union issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), with the interpretations issued by the IFRS 
Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) of the IASB that are effective as of the Balance Sheet date and with those parts of the Companies Act 
2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. 
It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving 
a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial 
statements, are detailed in the section on critical estimates on page 80. Although these estimates are based on management‘s best 
knowledge of amounts, events or actions, actual results may differ from expectations.

Accounting reference date
UK company law permits a company to draw up financial statements to a date seven days either side of its accounting reference date. 
For operational reasons the Company adopts an accounting period of 52 weeks, and as a result of this, the exact year-end date was 
31 March 2019 in line with the Company’s accounting reference date. All references to the financial year therefore relate to the 52 weeks 
commencing on 2 April 2018. In the previous year the accounting period was 52 weeks long, beginning on 3 April 2017 and ending on 
1 April 2018. 

Going concern
At the time of approving the consolidated financial statements, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the 
Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence, and consequently they consider that it is appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of preparation.

New standards and amendments to standards or interpretations
The following new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations are mandatory for the first time for the financial year beginning 
1 April 2018.

The Group has adopted the following new standards, amendments and interpretations now applicable. None of these standards and 
interpretations have had any material effect on the Group’s results or net assets.

Standard or interpretation

Content

IFRS 9
IFRS 15
Amendment to IFRS 2
Amendment to IAS �0
Annual improvements 201�–2016

Financial instruments: classification and measurement
Revenue from contracts with customers
Share-based payments
Investment properties
Various

Applicable 
for financial years
beginning on 
or after

1 April 2018
1 April 2018
1 April 2018
1 April 2018
1 April 2018

The following standards, amendments and interpretations are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Group:

Standard or interpretation

IFRS 16

Content

Leases

Applicable 
for financial years
beginning on 
or after

1 April 2019

Norcros will adopt IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach and the right of use asset on transition will equal the lease liability. 
The cumulative effect of initially adopting IFRS 16 will be recognised as an increase to assets and liabilities at 1 April 2019 with no 
restatement of comparative information. 

Norcros intends to avail itself of the exemptions for short-term leases and leases of low-value items. Norcros has designed a new lease 
accounting process and has implemented a new lease accounting software solution. 

We have assessed the estimated impact that initial application of IFRS 16 will have on our consolidated financial statements, as described 
below. The estimated impact of adopting the standard on 1 April 2019 may change because the new accounting policies are subject 
to amendment prior to presenting our first financial statements that include the initial application of the standard. Additionally, changes 
in our lease portfolio during the year or the prevalent exchange rates or discount rates used could also have a significant impact on 
the assessment. 

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

79

Financial statements1. Group accounting policies continued
New standards and amendments to standards or interpretations continued
Based on the information currently available, Norcros estimates that on adoption of IFRS 16 it will recognise additional lease assets and 
liabilities of £27m on the Balance Sheet as at 1 April 2019. Norcros estimates that the differential between the lease cost under IAS 17 and 
depreciation under IFRS 16 will give rise to a £0.3m benefit to underlying operating profit whilst the differential between IAS 17 lease cost and 
IFRS 16 depreciation and interest cost will give rise to a £1.5m adverse impact to underlying profit before tax in the year to 31 March 2020. 

Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial statements are set out as follows. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all periods presented. 

Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to or has rights 
to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of in the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on 
which the Group has the ability to exercise control, and are no longer consolidated from the date that control ceases.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring them into line with those used by the Group. 
All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

On acquisition, the assets and liabilities and contingent liabilities of a subsidiary are measured at their fair value at the date of acquisition 
and, where necessary, the accounting policies of acquired subsidiaries are adjusted to bring them in line with those of the Group. Any 
excess of the consideration (excluding payments contingent on future employment) over the fair values of the identifiable net assets 
acquired is recognised as goodwill. Any deficiency in the cost of acquisition below the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired 
(discount on acquisition) is credited to the Income Statement in the period of acquisition. Payments that are contingent on future 
employment are charged to the Consolidated Income Statement. All acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
The Group’s accounting policies have been set by management and approved by the Audit and Risk Committee. The application of these 
accounting policies to specific scenarios requires estimates and judgements to be made concerning the future. Under IFRS, estimates or 
judgements are considered critical where they involve a significant risk that may cause a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities from period to period. This may be because the estimate or judgement involves matters which are highly uncertain, 
or because different estimation methods or assumptions could reasonably have been used. Once identified, critical estimates and 
judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events 
that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the Balance Sheet date, that have 
a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are 
discussed below:

•  retirement benefit obligations – accounting for retirement benefit schemes under IAS 19 (revised) requires an assessment of the future 

benefits payable in accordance with actuarial assumptions. The future inflation assumptions applied in the calculation of scheme 
liabilities, which are set out in note 22, represent a key source of estimation uncertainty for the Group; and

•  UK property provision – the valuation of the UK property provision relating to the one remaining onerous legacy property lease requires 
an assessment of the likely income from rental, costs from a void period, and final dilapidations, which will be incurred over the remainder 
of the lease tenure. The resulting valuation set out in note 21 represents a key source of estimation uncertainty for the Group.

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, the Directors have made the following judgements that have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements (apart from those involving estimations, which are dealt with 
above) and have been identified as being particularly complex or involve subjective assessments:

•  acquired intangible fixed assets – intangible assets can only be recognised as part of a business combination where the intangible 
asset is separable from goodwill, can be reliably measured and is expected to generate future economic benefits. Judgement is 
required to assess whether these criteria are met and also to subsequently determine the appropriate assumptions which are used to 
place a value on the intangible asset. Had different assumptions been applied the valuation of acquired intangible assets could have 
differed from the amount ultimately recognised. Judgement is also needed to determine the useful economic lives of intangible assets 
and if a different period had been determined this could have resulted in amortisation charges differing from those actually recognised;

•  retirement benefit obligations – accounting for retirement benefit schemes under IAS 19 (revised) requires an assessment of the future 
benefits payable in accordance with actuarial assumptions. The choice of discount rate applied in the calculation of scheme liabilities 
is a key judgement in applying the Group’s accounting policy. Details of the accounting policies applied in respect of retirement benefit 
schemes are set out in note 22; and 

•  customer rebate, incentive and promotional support accruals – a number of the Group’s customers are offered rebates, incentives and  
promotional support in order to encourage trade and cement strong relationships. Accounting for such arrangements involves judgement 
as agreement periods typically run for a number of months or years and may involve assumptions around volumes of product purchased 
or sold into the future. However, where applicable, accrual calculations are underpinned by signed contracts and there has historically 
been a strong correlation between the amounts accrued in respect of a particular period and the amounts subsequently paid.

80

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements1. Group accounting policies continued
Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Revenue recognition
Policy from 1 April 2018:

The Group derives revenue predominantly from the sale of goods to customers. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when 
control of the goods has been transferred to the buyer. Control transfers when the customer has the ability to direct the use of and 
substantially obtain all of the benefits of the goods. This is generally on receipt of goods by the customer.

The Group also derives revenue from services provided alongside the supply of goods, which is recognised over time and is calculated 
using the “input method” by reference to regular surveys of the work performed.

Revenue received in respect of extended warranties is recognised over the period of the warranty.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue represents the amounts receivable for goods 
supplied or services provided, stated net of discounts, returns, rebates and value-added taxes. Accumulated experience is used to estimate 
and provide for rebates, discounts and expected returns using the expected value method, and revenue is only recognised to the extent 
that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur. An accrual is made at each Balance Sheet date as a deduction from 
revenue to reflect management’s best estimate of amounts to be paid in respect of arrangements in place with customers regarding 
rebates, discounts and expected returns.

Incremental costs of fulfilling a contract, such as testing costs, are capitalised in “Trade and other receivables” if the cost has been 
incurred and are amortised over the life of the contract if the period over which the Group obtains benefit from is over twelve months. 
Contract related support costs are accrued in “Trade and other payables” if the trigger for payment has been met. Both types of cost 
are recorded in the Income Statement against underlying operating profit.

Policy prior to 1 April 2018:

Revenue comprises the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services provided alongside the supply of goods 
in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities and is shown net of value added and other sales-based taxes, customer rebates, incentives, 
discounts and promotional support.

Revenue is recognised when significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods are transferred to the buyer, which is usually on 
dispatch or upon sale to a customer in the case of the Group’s retail operations.

Revenue received in respect of extended warranties is recognised over the period of the warranty.

Accrual is made at each Balance Sheet date to reflect management’s best estimate of amounts to be paid in respect of arrangements 
in place with customers regarding rebates, incentives, discounts and promotional support. The cost of rebates, incentives, discounts 
and promotional support which have been paid or are accrued at the Balance Sheet date is shown as a deduction from revenue.

Segmental reporting
The Group operates in two main geographical areas: the UK and South Africa. All inter-segment transactions are made on an arm’s length 
basis. The chief operating decision maker (being the Board) assesses performance and allocates resources based on geography and 
accordingly segments have been determined on this basis. Corporate costs are allocated to segments on the basis of external turnover.

Goodwill
Goodwill is recognised as an asset and reviewed for impairment at least annually or whenever there is an indicator of impairment. 
Goodwill is carried at cost less amortisation charged prior to the Group’s transition to IFRS on 1 April 2004 less accumulated impairment 
losses. Any impairment is recognised in the period in which it is identified. 

Intangible assets
Acquired intangible assets comprise customer relationships, brands, trade names and patents recognised as separately identifiable assets 
on acquisition as well as product certification costs and development costs which meet the criteria for capitalisation (as explained below 
in the accounting policy for research and development costs). They are valued at cost less accumulated amortisation, with amortisation 
being charged on a straight-line basis.

The estimated useful lives of Group assets are as follows:

Customer relationships 

10–15 years

Brands, trade name and patents 

8–15 years

Development costs  

Product certification costs 

5 years

5 years

Impairment of long-life assets
Property, plant and equipment assets are reviewed on an annual basis to determine whether events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated 
as either the higher of the asset’s net selling price or value in use; the resultant impairment (the amount by which the carrying amount of 
the asset exceeds its recoverable amount) is recognised as a charge in the Income Statement.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

81

Financial statements 
 
 
1. Group accounting policies continued
Summary of significant accounting policies continued 
Impairment of long-life assets continued
The value in use is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of assets and their 
eventual disposal proceeds. In order to calculate the present value of estimated future cash flows the Group uses an appropriate discount 
rate adjusted for any associated risk. Estimated future cash flows used in the impairment calculation represent management’s best view 
of likely future market conditions and current decisions on the use of each asset or asset group.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is initially measured at cost. Cost comprises the purchase price (after deducting trade discounts and 
rebates) and any directly attributable costs. Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any 
provision for impairment in value. Impairment charges are recognised in the Income Statement when the carrying amount of an asset 
is greater than the estimated recoverable amount, calculated with reference to future discounted cash flows that the assets are expected 
to generate when considered as part of an income-generating unit. Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is provided on 
a straight-line basis to write down assets to their residual value evenly over the estimated useful lives of the assets from the date of 
acquisition by the Group. 

The estimated useful lives of Group assets are as follows:

Buildings 

25–50 years

Plant and equipment 

3–15 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each Balance Sheet date.

Investment property
Investment property comprises mainly land and relates to property which is either sub-let to a third party or is not being utilised in the 
Group’s core operations. Investment property is held at cost less depreciation on buildings (land is not depreciated). Investment property 
is depreciated over 50 years.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials, and, where applicable, labour and 
overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realisable value is the estimated 
selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. Provisions are made for slow-moving and 
obsolete items.

Taxation
Current tax, which comprises UK and overseas corporation tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax 
rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the Balance Sheet date.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on the difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the Balance Sheet and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profits and is accounted for using the 
Balance Sheet liability method.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset is realised and 
is charged in the Income Statement, except where it relates to items charged or credited to equity via the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income, when the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity and is shown in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Operating leases
Annual rentals are charged/credited directly to the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Provisions
Warranty provisions – provision is made for the estimated liability on products under warranty. Liability is recognised upon the sale of 
a product and is estimated using historical data.

Restructuring provisions – provision is made for costs of restructuring activities to be carried out by the Group when the Group is 
demonstrably committed to incurring the cost in a future period and the cost can be reliably measured.

Property provisions – where the Group has vacated a property but is committed to a leasing arrangement, an onerous lease provision is 
recorded. This is calculated as the cost that management expects to incur over the period of the lease including final dilapidation costs 
net of any expected future sub-lease income.

Provisions are measured at the best estimate of the amount to be spent and discounted where material.

Employee benefits
The Group operates various post-employment schemes, including both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans and 
post-employment medical plans.

(a) Pension obligations
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The Group has no 
legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits 
relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that is not a defined contribution plan.

82

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
 
 
1. Group accounting policies continued
Summary of significant accounting policies continued 
Employee benefits continued
(a) Pension obligations continued
Typically defined benefit plans define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent 
on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation.

The liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined 
benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually 
by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by 
discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency 
in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension obligation.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity 
in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise, net of the related deferred tax.

Past-service costs are recognised immediately in income.

For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, 
contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions 
are recognised as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that 
a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

(b) Other post-employment obligations
Some Group companies provide post-retirement healthcare benefits to their retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional 
on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and the completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these 
benefits are accrued over the period of employment using the same accounting methodology as used for defined benefit pension plans. 
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in 
other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. These obligations are valued annually by independent qualified actuaries.

(c) Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever an 
employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of 
the following dates: (a) when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for 
a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to 
encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the 
offer. Benefits falling due more than twelve months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value.

(d) Profit sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit sharing, based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit 
attributable to the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The Group recognises a provision where contractually obliged or 
where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are disclosed separately in accordance with the requirements of IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’. They 
include profits and losses on disposal of non-current assets outside the normal course of business, restructuring costs and large or 
significant one-off items which in management’s judgement need to be disclosed to enable the user to obtain a proper understanding 
of the Group’s financial performance.

IAS 19R administrative expenses
The administrative expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with managing the Group’s pension schemes are recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement.

Acquisition related costs
Acquisition related costs include deferred remuneration, amortisation of acquired intangibles and professional advisory fees. In the year 
to 31 March 2018 it also included the costs of maintaining an internal acquisitions department directly related to business combination 
activity and in the year to 31 March 2019 these costs are now included in underlying operating profit. 

Financial assets and liabilities
Borrowings
The Group measures all borrowings initially at fair value. This is taken to be the fair value of the consideration received. Transaction costs 
(any such costs that are incremental and directly attributable to the issue of the financial instrument) are included in the calculation 
of the effective interest rate and are, in effect, amortised through the Income Statement over the duration of the borrowing.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 
twelve months after the Balance Sheet date.

Treasury derivatives 
Where deemed necessary, the Group uses interest rate swaps to manage exposure to interest rate fluctuations. The Group’s exposure 
to foreign exchange rate fluctuations is managed through the use of forward exchange contracts and cross currency swaps.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair 
value. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recognised immediately within finance costs/income in the Income Statement. 

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

83

Financial statements1. Group accounting policies continued
Summary of significant accounting policies continued 
Financial assets and liabilities continued
Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and bank overdrafts. Cash and cash equivalents are 
offset against overdrafts and borrowings only when there is a legally enforceable right to do so and there is a clear intention to undertake 
settlement of such overdrafts or borrowings held with the same counterparty within a short timeframe after the year end.

Trade receivables 
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold in the ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one year 
or less they are classified as current assets; otherwise they are presented as non-current assets. Trade receivables are recognised initially 
at the amount of consideration that is unconditional.

The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective of collecting the contractual cash flows, and so it measures them subsequently 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less appropriate allowances for estimated credit losses (provision for impairment). 
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised cost. 
The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. 

For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be 
recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables are grouped based on 
shared credit risk characteristics and the length of time overdue. An estimate is made of the expected credit loss based on the Group’s 
past history, existing market conditions as well as forward looking estimates at the end of each reporting period. The maximum exposure 
at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of these receivables.

Trade payables 
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Fair value estimation
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using quoted forward exchange rates at the Balance Sheet date. The Group 
determines the fair value of its remaining financial instruments through the use of estimated discounted cash flows. The fair value of interest rate 
and cross currency swaps is calculated as the net present value of the estimated future cash flows.

The carrying values less impairment provision of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate to their fair values due to 
their short-term nature. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash 
flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

Research and development
Expenditure on research is charged against profits for the year in which it is incurred. Development costs are capitalised once the technical 
feasibility of a project has been established and a business plan, which demonstrates how the project will generate future economic benefits, 
has been approved. Development costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives from the point at which the 
asset is capable of operating in the manner intended by management.

Dividend distribution
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in 
which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders, or when paid if earlier.

Foreign currency transactions
Functional currency
Items included in the financial statements of each entity in the Group are measured using the currency that best reflects the economic 
substance of the underlying events and circumstances relevant to that entity (the functional currency). The consolidated financial 
statements are presented in Sterling, which is the functional and presentational currency of the parent entity.

Transactions and balances
Monetary assets and liabilities expressed in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at rates applicable at the year end 
and trading results of overseas subsidiaries at average rates for the year. Exchange gains and losses of a trading nature are dealt with 
in arriving at operating profit. 

Translation of overseas net assets
Exchange gains and losses arising on the retranslation of overseas net assets and results are taken directly to reserves.

Share capital
Issued share capital is recorded in the Balance Sheet at nominal value with any premium at the date of issue being credited to the share 
premium account.

Treasury shares
The cost of the purchase of own shares is taken directly to reserves and is included in the treasury reserve.

Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans. The fair value of the employee services received in 
exchange for the grant of options is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined 
by reference to the fair value of the options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions. Non-market vesting 
conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each Balance Sheet date, the Company 
revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, 
if any, in the Income Statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

84

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements1. Group accounting policies continued
Summary of significant accounting policies continued 
Share-based payments continued
Share-based payments are settled through the Norcros Group Employee Benefit Trust that holds shares in Norcros Group plc that have 
either been purchased on the market or issued by the Company and satisfies awards made under various employee incentive schemes. 
The shareholding of the Group Employee Benefit Trust is consolidated within the consolidated accounts of the Group.

2. Segmental reporting
The Group operates in two main geographical areas: the UK and South Africa. All inter-segment transactions are made on an arm’s length 
basis. The chief operating decision maker (being the Board) assesses performance and allocates resources based on geography and 
accordingly segments have been determined on this basis. Corporate costs are allocated to segments on the basis of external turnover.

Continuing operations — year ended 31 March 2019

Revenue

Underlying operating profit
IAS 19R administrative expenses
Acquisition related costs
Exceptional operating items

Operating profit

Finance income (net)

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Net debt

Segmental assets
Segmental liabilities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Depreciation

Continuing operations — year ended 31 March 2018

Revenue

Underlying operating profit
IAS 19R administrative expenses
Acquisition related costs
Exceptional operating items

Operating profit

Finance costs (net)

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Net debt

Segmental assets
Segmental liabilities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Depreciation

UK 
£m

South
Africa
£m

228.1

102.9

26.5
(1.5)
(3.8)
(4.0)

17.2

236.9
(166.0)
2.9
4.4

UK
£m

200.6

18.6
(1.�)
(�.�)
(2.1)

10.8

7.9
—
—
—

7.9

70.6
(15.8)
2.9
2.2

South
Africa
£m

99.5

8.8
—
—
—

8.8

2�9.�
(189.0)
�.9
�.2

7�.6
(19.�)
2.6
2.2

Group
£m

331.0

34.4
(1.5)
(3.8)
(4.0)

25.1

0.3

25.4
(6.0)

19.4

(35.0)

307.5
(181.8)
5.8
6.6

Group
£m

�00.1

27.�
(1.�)
(�.�)
(2.1)

19.6

(6.1)

1�.5
(�.6)

9.9

(�7.1)

�1�.0
(208.�)
7.5
6.�

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

85

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2. Segmental reporting continued
The split of revenue by geographical destination of the customer is below:

UK
Africa 
Rest of World

2019
£m

198.2
104.9
27.9

331.0

2018
£m

171.8
102.2
26.1

�00.1

No one customer had revenue over 10% of total Group revenue. 

Reported revenue within the South African segment contains £3.9m (2018: £4.3m) of revenue from services performed which have been 
recognised over time.

3. Operating profit
Operating profit is derived after deducting cost of sales of £206.8m (2018: £190.4m), distribution costs of £20.1m (2018: £17.4m) and 
administrative expenses of £79.0m (2018: £72.7m). 

The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit:

Staff costs (see note �)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (all owned assets)
Amortisation of intangible assets
Other operating lease rentals payable – continuing operations:
– plant and machinery
– other
Research and development expenditure

All items relate to continuing operations.

2019
£m

60.7
6.6
3.8

1.8
3.9
3.9

2018
£m

59.9
6.�
2.2

2.0
�.1
�.9

Auditor’s remuneration
During the year the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Company’s auditor and its associates:

Audit of the Parent Company and consolidated financial statements
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
Other services including due diligence

4. Employees

Staff costs from continuing operations:
– wages and salaries
– social security costs 
– share-based payments (see note 10)
Pension costs:
– defined contribution (see note 22)

Total staff costs

2019
£m

0.1
0.2
—

0.3

2019
£m

52.5
3.4
1.2

3.6

60.7

2018
£m

0.1
0.2
0.�

0.6

2018
£m

52.�
�.2
0.9

�.5

59.9

Included in wages and salaries was £nil (2018: £2.1m) of redundancy costs which were classified as exceptional items in the Income Statement. 
Further details are provided in note 5.

Average monthly numbers employed in continuing operations:
– UK
– overseas

Full details of Directors’ remuneration may be found in the Remuneration Report on pages 57 to 64.

86

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

2019
Number

2018
Number

1,044
1,031

2,075

1,079
1,011

2,090

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Acquisition related costs and exceptional operating items
An analysis of acquisition related costs and exceptional operating items is shown below:

Acquisition related costs

Deferred remuneration1
Intangible asset amortisation2
Advisory fees and staff costs� 

2019
£m

0.2
3.5
0.1

3.8

2018
£m

(0.�)
2.2
2.�

�.�

1 

In accordance with IFRS 3R, a proportion of the deferred consideration payable to the former shareholders of certain acquired businesses is required to be treated as remuneration, 
and, accordingly, is expensed to the Income Statement as incurred. 

2   Non-cash amortisation charges in respect of acquired intangible assets.

3   Professional and advisory fees incurred in connection with the Group’s business combination activities and the costs of maintaining the in-house acquisitions department. 

During the year to 31 March 2019 the costs of the in-house acquisitions department of £0.4m have been recognised in underlying operating profit. Previously they were excluded 
from underlying operating profit. 

Exceptional operating items

Onerous property lease provision costs1
GMP equalisation costs2  
Restructuring costs�

2019
£m

3.0
1.0
—

4.0

2018
£m

—
—
2.1

2.1

1  Exceptional costs of £3.0m were incurred in the year to increase the provision in relation to an onerous and surplus legacy property lease following the reappraisal of the likely 

future cash flows. The property is the only remaining legacy lease the Company has which will expire in June 2022. 

2  Exceptional past service costs of £1.0m were estimated in relation to a recent UK High Court ruling that trustees of UK defined benefit pension schemes must equalise guaranteed 

minimum pensions. The past service cost increases the pension liability. 

3  The prior year exceptional restructuring charge of £2.1m related to a restructuring programme at Johnson Tiles UK announced in April 2018.

6. Finance income and costs

Interest payable on bank borrowings
Amortisation of costs of raising debt finance
Movement on fair value of derivative financial instruments

Finance costs
Movement on fair value of derivative financial instruments

Net finance income/(costs)

7. Taxation
Taxation comprises:

Current
UK taxation
Overseas taxation
Prior year adjustment

Total current taxation

Deferred
Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Total tax charge

2019
£m

(1.8)
(0.2)
—

(2.0)
3.6

1.6

2019
£m

2.0
3.5
0.2

5.7

0.3

6.0

2018
£m

(1.1)
(0.�)
(�.1)

(�.5)
—

(�.5)

2018
£m

1.0
2.5
—

�.5

0.1

�.6

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

87

Financial statements 
 
 
7. Taxation continued
The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted average tax rate 
applicable to profits of the consolidated entities as follows:

Profit before tax

Tax calculated at domestic tax rates applicable to profits in the respective countries
Tax effects of:
– adjustments in respect of prior years
– expenses not deductible for tax purposes
– effect of different tax rates and change in rate of deferred tax
– origination and reversal of timing differences 

Total tax charge

2019
£m

25.4

5.2

0.2
0.3
—
0.3

6.0

2018
£m

1�.5

�.�

—
0.5
(0.�)
0.1

�.6

The weighted average applicable tax rate was 20% (2018: 24%). The decrease is mainly due to the full year impact of Merlyn profits from 
Ireland and the increased profits in the UK due to decreased acquisition related costs. The standard rate of corporation tax in the UK is 19% 
(2018: 19%), in South Africa is 28% (2018: 28%) and in Ireland is 12.5% (2018: 12.5%). 

8. Alternative performance measures
The Group makes use of a number of alternative performance measures to assess business performance and provide additional useful 
information to shareholders. Such alternative performance measures should not be viewed as a replacement of, or superior to, those 
defined by Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). Definitions of alternative performance measures used by the Group and, 
where relevant, reconciliations from GAAP-defined reporting measures to the Group’s alternative performance measures are provided below.

The alternative performance measures used by the Group are:
Measure

Definition

Underlying operating profit

Operating profit before IAS 19R administrative expenses, acquisition related costs and 
exceptional operating items

Underlying profit before taxation

Profit before taxation before IAS 19R administrative expenses, acquisition related costs, 
exceptional operating items, amortisation of costs of raising finance, net movement on fair value 
of derivative financial instruments, discounting of property lease provisions and finance costs 
relating to pension schemes

Underlying taxation

Underlying earnings

Underlying capital employed

Taxation on underlying profit before tax 

Underlying profit before tax less underlying taxation

Capital employed adjusted for business combinations where relevant and the average impact 
of exchange rate movements

Underlying operating margin

Underlying operating profit expressed as a percentage of revenue

Underlying return on capital employed 
(ROCE)

Underlying operating profit expressed as a percentage of the average of opening and closing 
underlying capital employed

Basic underlying earnings per share

Underlying earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares for basic earnings per share

Diluted underlying earnings per share

Underlying earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares for diluted earnings per share

Underlying EBITDA

Underlying EBITDA is derived from underlying operating profit before depreciation and 
amortisation

Underlying operating cash flow

Cash generated from continuing operations before cash outflows from exceptional items and 
acquisition related costs and pension fund deficit recovery contributions

Pro-forma underlying EBITDA

An annualised underlying EBITDA figure used for the purpose of calculating banking covenant ratios

Pro-forma leverage

Net debt expressed as a ratio of pro-forma underlying EBITDA

Underlying profit and underlying earnings per share measures provide shareholders with additional useful information on the underlying 
performance of the Group. This is because these measures are those principally used by the Directors to assess the performance of the 
Group and are used as the basis for calculating the level of the annual bonus and long-term incentives earned by the Directors. Underlying 
ROCE is one of the Group’s strategic key performance indicators and is therefore provided so that shareholders can assess the Group’s 
performance in relation to its strategic targets. Underlying EBITDA and underlying operating cash flow are also used internally by the 
Directors in order to assess the Group’s cash generation. The term “underlying” is not recognised under IFRS and consequently the 
Group’s definition of underlying may differ from that used by other companies. 

88

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
8. Alternative performance measures continued
Reconciliations from GAAP-defined reporting measures to the Group’s alternative performance measures
Consolidated Income Statement 
(a) Underlying profit before taxation and underlying earnings

Profit before taxation from continuing operations
Adjusted for:
– IAS 19R administrative expenses
– acquisition related costs (see note 5)
– exceptional operating items (see note 5)
– amortisation of costs of raising finance
– net movement on fair value of derivative financial instruments
– IAS 19R finance cost

Underlying profit before taxation

Taxation attributable to underlying profit before taxation

Underlying earnings

(b) Underlying EBITDA

Operating profit from continuing operations
Adjusted for:
– depreciation and amortisation
– IAS 19R administrative expenses
– acquisition related costs (see note 5)
– exceptional operating items (see note 5)

Underlying EBITDA

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
(a) Underlying operating cash flow and underlying return on capital employed

Cash generated from operations (see note 25)
Adjusted for:
– cash flows from exceptional items and acquisition related costs (see note 25)
– pension fund deficit recovery contributions (see note 25)

Underlying operating cash flow

Consolidated Balance Sheet 
(a) Underlying capital employed and underlying return on capital employed

Net assets 
Adjusted for:
– pension scheme liability (net of associated tax) 
– cash and cash equivalents 
– financial liabilities – borrowings 

Capital employed
Foreign exchange adjustment 
Adjustment for acquisitions

Underlying capital employed

Average underlying capital employed

Underlying return on capital employed

2019
£m

25.4

1.5
3.8
4.0
0.2
(3.6)
1.3

32.6

(6.9)

25.7

2019
£m

25.1

6.9
1.5
3.8
4.0

41.3

2019
£m

35.3

1.9
2.6

39.8

2018
£m

1�.5

1.�
�.�
2.1
0.�
�.1
1.6

26.�

(5.7)

20.6

2018
£m

19.6

6.�
1.�
�.�
2.1

��.8

2018
£m

2�.5

5.0
2.5

�1.0

2019
£m

2018
£m

125.7

10�.6

26.3
(27.2)
62.2

187.0
1.8
—

188.8

188.7

18.2%

�9.9
(25.8)
72.9

191.6
(1.7)
(16.9)

17�.0

151.8

18.0%

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

89

Financial statements 
 
 
 
9. Earnings per share
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
during the year, excluding those held in the Norcros Employee Benefit Trust.

For diluted EPS, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potential dilutive ordinary shares. 
At 31 March 2019 the potential dilutive ordinary shares amounted to 985,038 (2018: 1,778,436) as calculated in accordance with IAS 33.

The calculation of EPS is based on the following profits and numbers of shares:

Profit for the year

Weighted average number of shares for basic earnings per share
Share options

Weighted average number of shares for diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share:
From profit for the year

Diluted earnings per share:
From profit for the year

2019
£m

19.4

2018
£m

9.9

2019
Number

2018
Number

80,154,891
985,038

68,0��,628
1,778,��6

81,139,929

69,822,06�

2019

2018

24.2p

1�.5p

23.9p

1�.1p

Basic and diluted underlying earnings per share
Basic and diluted underlying earnings per share has also been provided which reflects underlying earnings from continuing operations 
divided by the weighted average number of shares set out above. 

Underlying earnings (see note 8)

Basic underlying earnings per share
Diluted underlying earnings per share

2019
£m

25.7

2019

32.1p
31.7p

2018
£m

20.6

2018

�0.�p
29.5p

90

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
 
 
10. Share-based payments

Weighted
 average 
share price
 at date of
 exercise

Exercise
 price
per share

1 April
2018

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

31 March
2019

Date from
which
exercisable

Expiry
date

Approved Performance Share Plan 
201� (APSP)
Approved Performance Share Plan 
201� (APSP)
Approved Performance Share Plan 
2015 (APSP)
Approved Performance Share Plan 
2016 (APSP)
Approved Performance Share Plan 
2017 (APSP)
Approved Performance Share Plan 
2018 (APSP)
Deferred Bonus Plan 2015 (DBP)
Deferred Bonus Plan 2016 (DBP)
Deferred Bonus Plan 2017 (DBP)
Deferred Bonus Plan 2018 (DBP)
Save As You Earn Scheme (7) (SAYE)
Save As You Earn Scheme (8) (SAYE)
Save As You Earn Scheme (9) (SAYE)
Save As You Earn Scheme (10) (SAYE)
Save As You Earn Scheme (11) (SAYE)

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
158p
180p
151p
160p
201p

21�p

2,909

21�p

6,67�

—

—

(2,909)

(6,67�)

—

—

— 27.09.16 27.09.2�

— 2�.07.17

2�.07.2�

21�p

6�� ,1�1

— (616,705)

(5,725)

11,711

22.07.18 22.07.25

190p 1,161,22�

— 1,08�,055

—

—

—
90,159
21�p
92,5��
—
— 11�,91�
—
—
1�,809
20�p
80,�00
20�p
28�,577
20�p
20�p
���,���
—

— 861,02�
—
—
—
69,101
—
—
—
—
— 120,220

(2,2�0)

(68,221) 1,090,772

27.07.19

27.07.26

— (78,�28) 1,004,627

16.11.20

16.11.27

—
(90,159)
—
—
—
(1�,670)
(67,700)
(1�,�91)
(1,877)
—

(�,029)
—
—
—
—
(1,1�9)
(8,800)
(�1,�68)
(21,��6)
(2,689)

856,994 25.07.21

92,544
114,913

25.07.28
— 22.07.18 22.07.28
27.07.29
27.07.19
16.11.�0
16.11.20
25.07.�1
69,101 25.07.21
�1.08.18
— 01.0�.18
�1.08.19
3,800 01.0�.19
�1.08.20
228,718 01.0�.20
320,121 01.0�.21
�1.08.21
117,531 01.0�.22 �1.08.22

Details of the terms of the APSP, DBP and SAYE schemes are disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

In accordance with IFRS 2, the fair value of equity-settled share-based payments to employees is determined at the date of grant and is 
expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. A charge of £1.2m was 
recognised in respect of share options in the year (2018: £0.9m) including £0.5m (2018: £0.4m) in respect of the Directors share options. 
The highest paid Director’s share options accounted for £0.3m (2018: £0.3m) of the charge. The Group uses a Black-Scholes pricing model 
to determine the annual charge for its share-based payments. The assumptions used in this model for each share-based payment are as follows: 

Date of grant
Initial exercise price
Number of shares granted initially
Expected volatility
Expected option life
Risk free rate 
Expected dividend yield

Date of grant
Initial exercise price
Number of shares granted initially
Expected volatility
Expected option life
Risk free rate 
Expected dividend yield

Date of grant
Initial exercise price
Number of shares granted initially
Expected volatility
Expected option life
Risk free rate 
Expected dividend yield

SAYE (7)

SAYE (8)

SAYE (9)

SAYE (10)

SAYE (11)

19.12.1�
158p
�15,269
�2.8%
� years
2.�%
2.6%

17.12.15
180p
15�,800
�6.2%
� years
1.7%
2.6%

16.12.16
151p
297,2�8
�6.1%
� years
0.�%
�.0%

15.12.17
160p
��5,599
�5.1%
� years
0.9%
�.0%

1�.12.18
201p
120,220
�0.0%
� years
0.9%
�.1%

APSP 201�

APSP 201�

APSP 2015

APSP 2016

APSP 2017

APSP 2018

27.09.1�
Nil
�0�,0�0
�2.7%
� years
1.5%
2.�%

2�.07.1�
Nil
86�,�01
�2.8%
� years
2.�%
2.6%

22.07.15
Nil
770,152
�6.2%
� years
1.9%
2.6%

27.07.16
Nil
1,19�,500
�6.1%
� years
0.�%
�.0%

16.11.17
Nil
1,08�,055
�5.1%
� years
0.9%
�.0%

25.07.18
Nil
861,02�
�0.0%
� years
0.9%
�.1%

DBP 2015

DBP 2016

DBP 2017

DBP 2018

22.07.15
Nil
90,159
��.�%
� years
�.2%
2.�%

27.07.16
Nil
92,5��
�8.0%
� years
1.8%
�.2%

16.11.17
Nil
11�,91�
�5.6%
� years
1.5%
�.�%

25.07.18
Nil
69,101
�0.0%
� years
0.9%
�.1%

The share price at 31 March 2019 was 192p. The average price during the year was 204p. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility 
over the last three years’ data of the Company.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

91

Financial statements11. Goodwill

At 1 April
Additions
Exchange differences

At �1 March

2019
£m

56.6
—
(0.3)

56.3

The additions in the prior year relate to the acquisition of Merlyn. 

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (CGUs). A summary of the goodwill allocation is presented below:

Croydex
Abode
Triton Showers
Merlyn 
Tile Africa

2019
£m

7.8
0.8
19.1
25.5
3.1

56.3

2018
£m

�1.1
25.5
—

56.6

2018
£m

7.8
0.8
19.1
25.5
�.�

56.6

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined by a value-in-use calculation. These calculations use cash flow projections derived from 
data and metrics used on an ongoing basis, with the key assumptions being those regarding discount rates, growth rates, future gross 
margin improvements and cash flows. 

The key assumptions for the value-in-use calculations are:

•  cash flows before income taxes are based on approved budgets and detailed forecasts for the first five years; 

• 

long-term growth rates of 2.2% (2018: 2.2%) for Croydex, Abode, Merlyn and Triton Showers and 7.6% (2018: 7.6%) for Tile Africa applied 
to the period beyond which detailed budgets and forecasts do not exist, based on macroeconomic projections for the geographies in 
which the entities operate; and 

•  pre-tax discount rates of 7.8% (2018: 7.8%) in the UK and 16.2% (2018: 16.2%) in South Africa based upon the risk free rate for government 
bonds adjusted for a risk premium to reflect the increased risk of investing in equities and investing in the Group’s specific sectors and regions.

Management has applied sensitivities to the key assumptions and believes that there are no reasonably possible scenarios which would 
result in an impairment of goodwill.

12. Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 April 2017
Acquisitions
Additions 

At �1 March 2018
Additions

At 31 March 2019

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 April 2017
Charge for the year

At �1 March 2018
Charge for the year

At 31 March 2019

Net book amount at �1 March 2018

Net book amount at 31 March 2019

Customer
relationships
£m

Brands,
trade names
and patents
£m

Development
costs
£m

Product 
certification 
costs 
£m

8.2
28.�
—

�6.5
—

36.5

1.2
1.�

2.6
2.8

5.4

��.9

31.1

7.7
2.�
—

10.1
—

10.1

1.6
0.6

2.2
0.8

3.0

7.9

7.1

0.5
—
—

0.5
0.1

0.6

—
0.1

0.1
0.2

0.3

0.�

0.3

0.1
—
0.1

0.2
—

0.2

—
0.1

0.1
—

0.1

0.1

0.1

Total
£m

16.5
�0.7
0.1

�7.�
0.1

47.4

2.8
2.2

5.0
�.8

8.8

�2.�

38.6

The amortisation charge for intangibles generated on acquisition is £3.5m for the year and is included in the acquisition related costs in 
the Consolidated Income Statement. The £0.3m amortisation charge for internally generated or acquired intangibles is included in the 
Consolidated Income Statement.

92

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 April 2017
Exchange differences
Acquisitions
Additions
Disposals

At �1 March 2018
Exchange differences
Additions
Disposals

At 31 March 2019

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 April 2017
Exchange differences
Charge for the year
Disposals

At �1 March 2018
Exchange differences
Charge for the year
Disposals

At 31 March 2019

Net book amount at �1 March 2018

Net book amount at 31 March 2019

Land and
buildings
£m

Plant and
equipment
£m

��.9
0.1
0.�
0.7
(0.1)

�6.0
(1.2)
0.�
—

35.1

15.1
—
1.1
(0.1)

16.1
(0.�)
1.1
—

16.9

19.9

18.2

88.0
0.1
0.�
6.8
(�.2)

91.1
(�.1)
5.5
(1.1)

92.4

6�.8
0.1
5.�
(�.2)

66.0
(2.1)
5.5
(1.1)

68.3

25.1

24.1

Total
£m

122.9
0.2
0.8
7.5
(�.�)

127.1
(�.�)
5.8
(1.1)

127.5

79.9
0.1
6.�
(�.�)

82.1
(2.�)
6.6
(1.1)

85.2

�5.0

42.3

Plant and equipment include motor vehicles, computer equipment, and plant and machinery. There were no assets held under finance 
leases in either year.

14. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Finished goods

2019
£m

13.1
1.0
65.4

79.5

2018
£m

12.0
0.8
62.1

7�.9

Provisions held against inventories totalled £4.4m (2018: £4.1m).

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense within cost of sales in the Income Statement amounted to £181.1m (2018: £167.8m).

During the year the Group charged £0.7m (2018: £0.8m) of inventory write-downs to the Income Statement within cost of sales.

15. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Less: impairment loss allowance 

Trade receivables – net
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

2019
£m

58.4
(0.6)

57.8
2.0
2.7

62.5

2018
£m

59.5
(1.0)

58.5
2.7
�.2

6�.�

All trade and other receivables are current. The net carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are considered to be a reasonable 
approximation of their fair values.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

93

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Trade and other receivables continued
The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
South African Rand
Euro
UAE Dirham

Impairment of trade receivables 

31 March 2019

Expected credit loss rate
Gross trade receivables 
Loss allowance 

�1 March 2018

Expected credit loss rate
Gross trade receivables 
Loss allowance 

2019
£m

46.5
12.9
1.3
1.8

62.5

Not yet due
£m

0–1 month 
overdue 
£m

1–2 months 
overdue
£m

2–3 months 
overdue
£m

>3 months 
overdue 
£m

0.1%
50.8
0.1

2.0%
5.0
0.1

5.0%
0.8
—

15.0%
0.5
0.1

25.0%
1.3
0.3

Not yet due
£m

0.2%
�9.6
0.1

0–1 month 
overdue 
£m

1–2 months 
overdue
£m

2–� months 
overdue
£m

>� months 
overdue 
£m

5.0%
7.�
0.�

10.0%
0.8
0.1

15.0%
0.5
0.1

25.0%
1.2
0.�

Movements on the provision for impairment of trade receivables were as follows:

At the beginning of the year
Provision for receivables impairment
Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable 
Exchange differences
Acquisitions

At the end of the year

16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

Cash and cash equivalents includes the following for the purposes of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement:

Cash at bank and in hand
Less: bank overdrafts (see note 18)

2019
£m

1.0
0.1
(0.4)
(0.1)
—

0.6

2019
£m

27.2

2019
£m

27.2
(3.8)

23.4

2018
£m

50.0
11.8
1.7
0.9

6�.�

Total 
£m

1.0%
58.4
0.6

Total 
£m

1.6%
59.5
1.0

2018
£m

0.6
0.�
(0.1)
—
0.2

1.0

2018
£m

25.8

2018
£m

25.8
(8.5)

17.�

Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is limited as the counterparties are banks with strong credit ratings assigned by international 
credit rating agencies. 

94

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
 
17. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other tax and social security payables
Contingent and deferred consideration
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income

2019
£m

44.6
4.6
0.4
0.5
29.5

79.6

2018
£m

�1.1
�.2
2.0
0.2
29.5

77.0

The fair value of trade payables does not differ materially from the book value.

Contingent and deferred consideration as at 31 March 2019 reflects the current best estimate of amounts of contingent consideration 
payable to the former shareholders of Abode, and as at 31 March 2018 reflects the best estimate of amounts of deferred consideration 
payable to the former shareholders of Abode and Croydex.

18. Financial liabilities – borrowings

Non-current 
Bank borrowings (unsecured):
– bank loans
– less: costs of raising finance

Total non-current

Current
Bank borrowings (unsecured):
– bank overdrafts

Total borrowings

The fair value of bank loans equals their carrying amount, as they bear interest at floating rates. 

The repayment terms of borrowings are as follows:

Not later than one year

After more than one year:
– between one and two years
– between two and five years
– costs of raising finance

Total borrowings

2019
£m

2018
£m

59.0
(0.6)

58.4

3.8

62.2

2019
£m

3.8

—
59.0
(0.6)

58.4

62.2

65.0
(0.6)

6�.�

8.5

72.9

2018
£m

8.5

—
65.0
(0.6)

6�.�

72.9

Capital risk management
The Group increased the amount of its committed banking facilities to £120m (plus a £30m accordion) at the time of the Merlyn 
acquisition in November 2017. The maturity date was originally November 2021 with an option to extend for a further year. The Group 
exercised this option in the year and has extended the maturity date of the facility to November 2022.

This facility provides the Group with a sound financial structure for the medium term with £57.5m of headroom being available at 
31 March 2019 (2018: £49.6m), after taking into account net debt and ancillary facilities in use of £2.8m (2018: £3.3m). The Group has 
been in compliance with all banking covenants during the year.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

95

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. Financial liabilities – borrowings continued
Interest rate profile
The effective interest rates at the Balance Sheet dates were as follows:

Bank loans
Overdraft

2019
%

2.6
2.6

2018
%

2.7
2.7

At 31 March 2019 the bank loans carried interest based on LIBOR plus a margin of 1.9% (2018: 2.2%). Overdrafts carry interest at base rate 
plus a margin of 1.9% (2018: 2.2%). 

Net debt
The Group’s net debt is calculated as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Total borrowings

Currency profile of net debt
The carrying value of the Group’s net debt is denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
Euro
US Dollar
South African Rand

2019
£m

(27.2)
62.2

35.0

2019
£m

58.1
(1.6)
(4.3)
(17.2)

35.0

2018
£m

(25.8)
72.9

�7.1

2018
£m

66.7
(2.1)
(2.6)
(1�.9)

�7.1

19. Financial instruments
During the year the Group held financial instruments for two purposes:

•  financial instruments relating to the operations, financing and risks of the Group’s operations; and

•   financial instruments relating to the financing and risks of the Group’s bank debt.

Financial risk management 
The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and energy price risk); 
credit risk; and liquidity risk. The Group actively seeks to limit the adverse effects of these risks on the financial performance of the Group.

Currency risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currencies, primarily the US Dollar, the 
Euro, the Renminbi and the South African Rand. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and 
liabilities and net investments in foreign operations.

Through its centralised treasury function the Group seeks to hedge its UK-based transactional foreign exchange risk on a rolling annual 
basis through the use of forward exchange contracts and similar hedging instruments. The Group’s principal UK-based foreign currency 
exposures are largely hedged until at least December 2019 based on current forecasts. In the overseas businesses the policy is to hedge 
the local transactional risk to the extent this is permitted and not cost prohibitive.

The Group has certain investments in foreign operations whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translational risk. The Group 
seeks to mitigate this exposure through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies to the extent that this is considered 
to be commercially beneficial.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. The Group has the ability to secure a substantial proportion of its bank 
loans at fixed rates via interest rate swaps. However, due to the current level of debt and historically low UK LIBOR rates, the Group has 
decided not to take out any such swaps at the present time. This position is regularly reassessed. 

Credit risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, 
as well as credit exposures to customers. Each Group business is responsible for managing and analysing the credit risk of potential 
customers prior to offering credit terms and on an ongoing basis and uses independent ratings agencies, past trading experience and 
other factors in order to assess the credit quality of the customer. Additionally, the Group maintains a credit insurance policy for all its 
operations which covers a substantial portion of the Group’s trade debtors. For banks and financial institutions only independently rated 
parties with a strong rating are accepted.

96

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
 
19. Financial instruments continued
Liquidity risk
The Group’s banking facilities are designed to ensure there are sufficient funds available for current operations and the Group’s further 
development plans. Cash flow forecasting is performed by the Group’s businesses on a rolling basis and is monitored centrally to ensure 
that sufficient cash is available to meet operational needs while maintaining an appropriate level of headroom on undrawn committed 
borrowing facilities.

The table below analyses the present value of the Groups financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining 
period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date.

Borrowings1
Trade and other payables 

At �1 March 2018

Borrowings1
Trade and other payables 

At 31 March 2019

Not later 
than a year
£m

Later than one
year but not later
than two years
£m

Later than two
years but not later
than five years
£m

Later than 
five years
£m

10.5
77.0

87.5

5.5
79.6

85.1

1.8
—

1.8

1.5
—

1.5

67.9
—

67.9

61.6
—

61.6

—
—

—

—
—

—

Total
£m

80.2
77.0

157.2

68.6
79.6

148.2

1  Borrowings includes interest costs calculated using the applicable interest rate at year-end.

Financial instruments
The Group’s financial instruments comprise borrowings, cash, trade receivables and payables and forward exchange contracts. Based on 
the hierarchy defined in IFRS 7, the Group’s financial instruments are classified as level 2 instruments. Consequently, fair value measurements 
are derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly (i.e. as prices) 
or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

Derivative financial instruments carried at fair value through profit and loss

Forward foreign exchange contracts: 
– current

2019
Assets
£m

2019
Liabilities
£m

2018
Assets
£m

2018
Liabilities
£m

0.3

—

—

(�.�)

Forward foreign exchange contracts
The notional principal amounts of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts at 31 March 2019 were €16m, US$55.8m and CNH 87m 
(2018: €18.8m and US$65.3m).

The related forecast transactions denominated in foreign currency are expected to occur at various dates during the next twelve months. 
Gains and losses recognised on forward exchange contracts to date have been taken to the Consolidated Income Statement.

Sensitivity analysis
IFRS 7 requires the disclosure of a sensitivity analysis that details the effects on the Group’s profit and loss and equity of reasonably possible 
fluctuations in market rates. To demonstrate these, hypothetical variations of 1% increase or decrease in market interest rates and 5% 
strengthening or weakening in major currencies have been chosen.

(a) 1% increase or decrease on market interest rates for most of the coming year
As the Group has net debt of £35.6m (excluding unamortised finance costs) the effect of a 1% change in market interest rates would be 
a change in the net finance costs of approximately £0.4m per annum.

(b) 5% strengthening or weakening in major currencies
A number of the Group’s assets are held overseas and as such variations in foreign currencies will affect the carrying value of these assets. 
A 5% strengthening or weakening of Sterling across all currencies would lead to a circa £2.3m devaluation or increase in net assets respectively. 

The Group’s profits and losses are exposed to both translational and transactional risk of fluctuations in foreign currency risk. The Group 
seeks to mitigate the majority of its transactional risk using forward foreign exchange contracts and product pricing. Taking into account 
the unmitigated translational impact, a 5% strengthening or weakening in Sterling against all other currencies would result in an increase 
or decrease in reported profits of circa £0.3m respectively. 

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

97

Financial statements 
 
20. Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities 
and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority.

The main rate of UK corporation tax reduced to 19% from 1 April 2017 and will decrease further to 17% from 1 April 2020, with the latter 
amendment being substantively enacted on 6 September 2016. The deferred tax asset at 31 March 2019 reflects these rate changes.

Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method. The movement on the deferred tax account 
is as shown below.

The analysis of deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

At �1 March 2017
(Charged)/credited to the Consolidated Income Statement
Charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Exchange differences
Acquisitions

At �1 March 2018
(Charged)/credited to the Consolidated Income Statement
Charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Exchange differences

At 31 March 2019

Accelerated tax
 deprecation
£m

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations
£m

1.2
(0.9)
—
—
(0.1)

0.2
(0.5)
—
0.1

(0.2)

10.7
—
(2.6)
—
—

8.1
0.2
(�.0)
—

5.3

Deferred tax assets:
To be recovered after more than twelve months
– To be recovered within twelve months

Deferred tax liabilities:
To be recovered after more than twelve months
– To be recovered within twelve months

Deferred tax assets (net)

Other
£m

(0.9)
0.8
—
—
(�.2)

(�.�)
—
—
—

(4.3)

2019
£m

5.6
0.2

5.8

(4.4)
(0.6)

(5.0)

0.8

Total
£m

11.0
(0.1)
(2.6)
—
(�.�)

�.0
(0.�)
(�.0)
0.1

0.8

2018
£m

8.5
0.1

8.6

(�.0)
(0.6)

(�.6)

�.0

Other deferred tax liabilities mainly relate to deferred tax recognised against intangible amortisation and share-based payment expenses. 

At the Balance Sheet date the Group has recognised £nil (2018: £0.1m) in respect of tax losses. No deferred tax asset has been recognised 
in respect of £6.7m (2018: £6.7m) of tax losses as the Company does not believe that utilisation of these losses is probable. 

21. Provisions

At 1 April 2017
Charged to the Income Statement
Utilisation 

At �1 March 2018
Charged to the Income Statement
Utilisation 

At 31 March 2019

Warranty
provision
£m

Restructuring
provision
£m

UK property
provision
£m

1.9
0.9
(1.5)

1.�
1.2
(1.�)

1.2

2.1
2.1
(2.2)

2.0
—
(1.�)

0.6

1.7
—
(0.1)

1.6
�.0
(0.6)

4.0

Total
£m

5.7
�.0
(�.8)

�.9
�.2
(�.�)

5.8

The warranty provision has been recognised for expected claims on products which remain under warranty. It is expected that this 
expenditure will be incurred within five years of the Balance Sheet date.

The restructuring provision recognised during the prior year was in connection with the restructuring of the Group’s UK tiles business. 
It is expected that the remaining provision will be incurred as expenditure within one year of the Balance Sheet date.

98

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
 
 
21. Provisions continued
The UK property provision relates to the one remaining onerous legacy property lease that is due to expire in June 2022. In the year the 
Group recognised an exceptional cost of £3.0m to increase the onerous lease provision in light of the previous tenant terminating the 
lease and the Group’s view of the likely costs (net of rental income) of the resultant void and final dilapidations which will be incurred over 
the remainder of the lease tenure. 

22. Retirement benefit obligations
(a) Pension costs
Norcros Security Plan
The Norcros Security Plan (the Plan), the principal UK pension scheme of the Group’s UK subsidiaries, is funded by a separate trust fund 
which operates under UK trust law and is a separate legal entity from the Company. The Plan is governed by a Trustee company, which has 
a board currently composed of four employer representatives and three member representatives. The Trustee is required by law to act in 
the best interests of the Plan members and is responsible for setting policies together with the Company.

It is predominantly a defined benefit scheme, with a modest element of defined contribution benefits. Norcros plc itself has no employees 
other than the Directors and so has no liabilities in respect of these pension schemes. The scheme closed to new members and future 
accrual with effect from 1 April 2013, though active members retain a salary link. This means that employed members of the Plan who 
were building up benefits at the date of closure to accrual will receive a pension based on their service to 1 April 2013 but using their 
final pensionable salary at the point they leave employment or retire from the Plan. As a result of the closure a new defined contribution 
pension scheme was implemented to replace the Plan from the same date.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is approximately 16 years (2018: 15 years) and can be attributed to the 
scheme members as follows:

Employee members
Deferred members
Pensioner members

Total

2019

7%
32%
61%

2018

8%
�1%
61%

100%

100%

The Plan assets do not include any investments in the Company or any property or other assets utilised by the Company.

The Plan is funded by the Company based on a separate actuarial valuation for funding purposes for which the assumptions may differ 
from those below. Funding requirements are formally set out in the Statement of Funding Principles, Schedule of Contributions and 
Recovery Plan agreed between the Trustee and the Company. 

The triennial actuarial valuation for the Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme completed in March 2015 showed a deficit of £73.5m 
(2012: £61.9m) representing an 84% funding level (2012: 85%). The deficit recovery plan for that valuation was agreed with the Scheme 
Trustee, with a cash contribution of £2.5m per annum starting in April 2016, and increasing with CPI, for a period of ten years.

In line with the above agreement the Group made deficit recovery contributions of £2.6m (2018: £2.5m) into its UK defined benefit 
pension scheme during the year.

We have reached agreement with the pension scheme Trustee on the 2018 actuarial valuation and on a new deficit recovery plan. 
The actuarial deficit at 1 April 2018 was £49.3m (2015: £73.5m) representing an 89% funding level and contributions of £3.25m per annum 
plus CPI will be payable for the 6.5 years to 30 September 2025. The Company and the Trustee regard this as an appropriate outcome. 
The 2018 valuation has been recently submitted to the Pensions Regulator.

Risks
The Plan exposes the Company to a number of actuarial risks which may result in a material change in the net scheme deficit and 
potentially result in an increase in cash contributions in later years and higher charges being recognised in future Income Statements. 
Given the long-term time horizon of the scheme’s cash flows this may result in volatility in the valuation of the net scheme deficit from 
year to year. The main risks are set out below:

•  Mortality risk – the assumptions used by the Group allow for improvements in life expectancy. However, if life expectancy improves 

at a faster rate than assumed, this would result in greater payments from the Plan and consequently an increase in scheme liabilities. 
The Group regularly reviews the mortality assumptions to minimise the risk of using an inappropriate assumption. 

•  Interest rate risk – a reduction in corporate bond yields would result in a lower discount rate being used to value the scheme liabilities 
and consequently result in an increase in scheme liabilities. Additionally, an increase in inflation would increase the scheme liabilities 
as the majority of the pension payments increase in line with inflation, although there are a number of caps in place to ensure that 
the impact of high inflation is minimised. To mitigate some of the investment volatility a proportion of the scheme assets are held in 
liability-driven investments which involve hedging some of the Plan’s exposure to changes in interest rates and inflation by investing in 
assets that match the sensitivity of its liabilities. This means that if interest rates or inflation expectations change, assets and liabilities 
rise or fall together, and the funding level of the Plan should be less volatile.

•  Investment risk and currency risk – a reduction in the value of investments caused by fluctuating exchange rates and a variety of other 
market factors would result in a lower valuation of scheme assets. The scheme invests in a diversified range of asset classes to mitigate 
the risk of falls in any one area of the investments and implements partial currency hedging on the overseas assets to mitigate currency risk.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

99

Financial statements22. Retirement benefit obligations continued
(a) Pension costs continued
Defined contribution pension schemes
Contributions made to these schemes amounted to £3.6m (2018: £3.5m), which includes £0.3m (2018: £0.2m) for the provision of life 
insurance cover.

(b) IAS 19R, ‘Employee benefits’
Norcros Security Plan
The valuation used for IAS 19R disclosures has been based on the most recent actuarial valuation at 31 March 2018 and updated by KPMG, 
a firm of qualified actuaries, to take account of the requirements of IAS 19R in order to assess the liabilities of the scheme at 31 March 2019. 
Scheme assets are stated at their market value at 31 March 2019.

(i) The principal assumptions used to calculate the scheme liabilities of the Norcros Security Plan under IAS 19R are:

Discount rate
Inflation rate (RPI)
Inflation rate (CPI)
Increases to deferred benefits during deferment (non-GMP liabilities)
Increases to pensions in payment (other than pre-1988 GMP liabilities)
Salary increases 

2019
Projected 
unit

2018
Projected 
unit

2.50%
3.25%
2.25%
3.11%
3.11%
2.50%

2.65%
�.10%
2.10%
2.98%
2.98%
2.�5%

The mortality assumptions are based on standard mortality tables which allow for future mortality improvements and are summarised below:

2019

2018

Life expectancy at age 65:
Current pensioners – males
Current pensioners – females
Future pensioners – males (currently aged �0)
Future pensioners – females (currently aged �0)

Members are assumed to take a 25% (2018: 25%) cash commutation sum on retirement.

(ii) The amounts recognised in the Income Statement are as follows:

Included in operating profit:
IAS 19R pension administration expenses
Past service costs

IAS 19R finance cost

Total amounts recognised in the Income Statement

(iii) The amounts recognised in the Balance Sheet are determined as follows:

Equities
Absolute return funds
Bonds 
Property
Liability-driven investments
Cash and gilts 

Total fair value of scheme assets
Present value of scheme liabilities

Pension deficit

100

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

20.5
22.8
21.9
24.3

2019
£m

1.5
1.0

1.3

3.8

Value at
31 March
2019
£m

83.4
102.4
159.7
20.1
27.5
3.3

396.4
(428.0)

(31.6)

20.9
2�.2
22.�
2�.8

2018
£m

1.�
—

1.6

�.0

Value at
�1 March
2018
£m

8�.6
108.6
158.2
20.�
25.�
2.6

�99.6
(�� 7.6)

(�8.0)

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
 
 
 
22. Retirement benefit obligations continued
(b) IAS 19R, ‘Employee benefits’ continued
Norcros Security Plan continued
(iii) The amounts recognised in the Balance Sheet are determined as follows: continued
The fair value of the scheme assets analysed by asset category and subdivided between those assets that have a quoted market price 
in an active market and those that do not (such as investment funds) are as follows:

Equities
Absolute return funds
Bonds 
Property
Liability-driven investments
Cash and gilts 

Total fair value of scheme assets

Value at 31 March 2019

Value at �1 March 2018

Quoted
£m

Unquoted
£m

—
31.5
—
—
—
3.3

34.8

83.4
70.9
159.7
20.1
27.5
—

361.6

Total
£m

83.4  
102.4  
159.7  
20.1  
27.5  
3.3  

396.4  

Quoted
£m

Unquoted
£m

—
�7.2
—
—
—
2.6

�9.8

8�.6
71.�
158.2
20.�
25.�
—

�59.8

Total
£m

8�.6
108.6
158.2
20.�
25.�
2.6

�99.6

The majority of the Plan’s assets are invested in pooled investment vehicles, where the fair value has been determined by the individual 
fund managers by applying fair value principles to the underlying investments.

(iv) The movement in the scheme deficit in the year is as follows:

Deficit at the beginning of the year
Employer contributions – deficit recovery
IAS 19R pension administration expenses
IAS 19R finance cost
Past service costs
Actuarial gains

Deficit at the end of the year

2019
£m

(48.0)
2.6
(1.5)
(1.3)
(1.0)
17.6

(31.6)

2018
£m

(62.7)
2.5
(1.�)
(1.6)
—
15.2

(�8.0)

Exceptional past service costs of £1.0m were estimated in relation to a recent UK High Court ruling that trustees of UK defined benefit 
pension schemes must equalise guaranteed minimum pensions.

(v) The reconciliation of scheme assets is as follows:

Opening fair value of scheme assets
Employer contributions – deficit recovery
Interest income
Benefits paid
Actuarial gains on scheme assets
IAS 19R pension administration expenses

Closing fair value of scheme assets

(vi) The reconciliation of scheme liabilities is as follows:

Opening scheme liabilities
Interest cost
Actuarial (losses)/gains arising from changes in financial assumptions
Actuarial gains arising from changes in demographic assumptions
Experience gains on liabilities
Past service costs
Benefits paid

2019
£m

399.6
2.6
10.3
(24.8)
10.2
(1.5)

396.4

2019
£m

(447.6)
(11.6)
(10.1)
5.4
12.1
(1.0)
24.8

2018
£m

�0�.�
2.5
10.2
(2�.0)
7.9
(1.�)

�99.6

2018
£m

(�67.1)
(11.8)
�.8
2.5
—
—
2�.0

Closing fair value of scheme liabilities

(428.0)

(�� 7.6)

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc 101

Financial statements22. Retirement benefit obligations continued
(b) IAS 19R, ‘Employee benefits’ continued
Norcros Security Plan continued 
(vii) Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income are as follows:

Actuarial gains
Deferred tax

(viii) Sensitivities
The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the Plan’s liabilities are as follows:

Assumption

Discount rate – 0.1% decrease
Inflation rate (RPI and CPI)1 – 0.1% increase
Increase in life expectancy by one year

2019
£m

17.6
(3.0)

14.6

2018
£m

15.2
(2.6)

12.6

Impact on scheme deficit

2019
£m

5.2
3.4
14.9

2018
£m

6.0
�.8
15.1

1  This includes the impact on salary increase and deferred and in payment pension increase assumptions.

The above sensitivities are applied to adjust the defined benefit obligation at the end of the year. Whilst the analysis does not take account 
of the full distribution of cash flows expected under the scheme, it does provide an approximation as to the sensitivity of the assumptions shown.

No changes have been made to the method and assumptions used in this analysis from those used in the previous year.

23. Called up share capital

Issued and fully paid
80,�68,�15 (2018: 80,181,�18) ordinary shares of 10p each

2019
£m

8.0

2018
£m

8.0

During the year, the Company issued 186,897 10p ordinary shares in order to satisfy vesting of options under the Company’s Approved 
Performance Share Plan, Deferred Bonus Plan and SAYE schemes. 

24. Other non-current liabilities

Deferred consideration
Other non-current liabilities

2019
£m

—
0.9

0.9

2018
£m

0.�
1.0

1.�

Deferred consideration as at 31 March 2018 reflects the best estimate of amounts payable to the former shareholders of Abode. Other 
non-current liabilities principally include accrued lease obligations in respect of the Group’s retail business in South Africa.

102

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
 
 
 
25. Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
(a) Cash generated from operations
The analysis of cash generated from operations is given below:

Continuing operations

Profit before taxation
Adjustments for:
– IAS 19R administrative expenses included in the Income Statement
– acquisition related costs included in the Income Statement
– exceptional items included in the Income Statement
– finance (income)/costs included in the Income Statement
– IAS 19R finance cost included in the Income Statement
– cash flows from exceptional items and acquisition related costs
– settlement of share options
– depreciation and underlying amortisation
– pension fund deficit recovery contributions
– share-based payments

Operating cash flows before movement in working capital
Changes in working capital:
– increase in inventories
– decrease in trade and other receivables
– increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operations

2019
£m

25.4

1.5
3.8
4.0
(1.6)
1.3
(1.9)
(0.6)
6.9
(2.6)
1.2

37.4

(7.6)
0.1
5.4

35.3

2018
£m

1�.5

1.�
�.�
2.1
�.5
1.6
(5.0)
(0.9)
6.�
(2.5)
0.9

26.�

(0.5)
�.8
(7.1)

2�.5

(b) Outflow related to exceptional items and acquisition related costs
This includes expenditure charged to exceptional provisions relating to onerous lease costs, acquisition related costs (excluding deferred 
remuneration) and other business rationalisation and restructuring costs.

(c) Analysis of net debt

At 1 April 2017
Cash flow
Other non-cash movements
Exchange movement

At �1 March 2018
Cash flow
Other non-cash movements
Exchange movement

At 31 March 2019

Net cash 
and current 
borrowings 
£m

Non-current
 borrowings
£m

6.6
10.2
—
0.5

17.�
7.8
—
(1.7)

23.4

(29.8)
(��.�)
(0.2)
—

(6�.�)
6.2
(0.2)
—

(58.4)

Net debt
£m

(2�.2)
(2�.2)
(0.2)
0.5

(�7.1)
1�.0
(0.2)
(1.7)

(35.0)

Other non-cash movements principally relate to the movement in the costs of raising debt finance in the year.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc 103

Financial statements 
 
26. Dividends
A final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2018 of £4.1m (5.2p per 10p ordinary share) was paid on 2 August 2018 and an interim 
dividend of £2.3m (2.8p per 10p ordinary share) was paid on 11 January 2019. A final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2019 
of £4.5m (5.6p per 10p ordinary share) is to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 23 July 2019. These financial statements do not 
reflect this final dividend.

27. Capital and other financial commitments
(a) Capital commitments

Contracts placed for future capital expenditure not provided in the financial statements

(b) Operating lease commitments

Total commitments under operating leases:
– not later than one year
– later than one year and not later than five years
– later than five years

Total future sub-lease payments receivable relating to the above operating leases amounted to £nil (2018: £0.4m).

The above operating lease commitments are analysed as:

Equipment:
– not later than one year
– later than one year and not later than five years
Land and buildings:
– not later than one year
– later than one year and not later than five years
– later than five years

2019
£m

1.0

2019
£m

5.2
14.7
7.5

27.4

2019
£m

1.1
2.6

4.1
12.1
7.5

27.4

2018
£m

1.6

2018
£m

6.2
1�.7
8.0

28.9

2018
£m

1.7
2.�

�.5
12.�
8.0

28.9

28. Post Balance Sheet event 
On 1 April 2019, Norcros South Africa (Proprietary) Limited acquired the entire issued share capital of RAP Plumbing Supplies (Proprietary) 
Limited, trading as House of Plumbing (House of Plumbing), a private company owned by the directors and a number of other employees 
and private investors that is a market leading supplier of specialist plumbing materials. The initial consideration will be ZAR 172m 
(approximately £9.7m1) on a debt and cash free and normalised working capital basis. A further ZAR 43m (approximately £2.4m1) earn-out 
may be payable in the year ending 31 March 2022 on achievement of EBITDA and cash targets. 

For the year ended 30 April 2018, House of Plumbing’s audited financial statements showed revenue of ZAR 392m (approximately £22.1m1), 
EBITDA of ZAR 33m (approximately £1.9m1) and profit before tax of ZAR 34m (approximately £1.9m1). As at 30 April 2018 the business had 
gross assets of ZAR 112m (approximately £6.3m1). It is anticipated that there will be goodwill arising on the acquisition.

1  Exchange rate of 17.7 ZAR/GBP.

29. Related party transactions
The Group considers its Directors to be the key management personnel. Compensation for Directors who have the sole responsibility for 
planning, directing and controlling the Group are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 57 to 64. 

104

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Notes to the Group accounts continuedYear ended 31 March 2019Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company balance sheet
At 31 March 2019

Non-current assets

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Net current assets

Total assets less current assets

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities – borrowings

Net assets

Financed by:

Share capital

Share premium account

Treasury reserve

Retained earnings before loss for the financial year

Loss for the financial year

Total shareholders’ funds

Notes

2019
£m

2018
£m

�

�

5

6

7

8

177.3

0.5

177.8

177.�

0.5

177.8

23.1

�9.�

(0.8)

22.3

(0.8)

�8.6

200.1

216.�

(58.4)

(6�.�)

141.7

152.0

8.0

29.9

(0.3)

107.7

(3.6)

8.0

29.7

—

116.8

(2.5)

141.7

152.0

The financial statements of Norcros plc, registered number 3691883, on pages 105 to 110, were authorised for issue on 12 June 2019 and 
signed on behalf of the Board by:

Nick Kelsall 
Group Chief Executive 

Shaun Smith
Group Finance Director

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc 105

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company statement of changes in equity
Year ended 31 March 2019

Share
premium
£m

Treasury
reserve
£m

Ordinary
share
capital
£m

6.1

—

—

1.1

—

—

1.9

28.6

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8.0

29.7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.2

—

—

—

—

Retained
earnings
£m

121.9

(2.5)

(2.5)

—

(5.0)

—

(0.6)

(0.�)

0.9

Total
equity
£m

129.1

(2.5)

(2.5)

�0.5

(5.0)

(0.�)

(0.6)

—

0.9

11�.�

152.0

(�.6)

(�.6)

—

(6.�)

—

(1.�)

1.2

(�.6)

(�.6)

0.2

(6.�)

(1.1)

(0.6)

1.2

—

—

—

—

—

(0.�)

—

0.�

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1.1)

0.8

—

8.0

29.9

(0.3)

104.1

141.7

At 1 April 2017

Comprehensive expense:

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Transactions with owners:

Shares issued

Dividends paid

Purchase of treasury shares

Cash-settled share options

Equity-settled share options

Value of employee services

At �1 March 2018

Comprehensive expense:

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Transactions with owners:

Shares issued

Dividends paid

Purchase of treasury shares

Equity-settled share options

Value of employee services

At 31 March 2019

106

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company accounts
Year ended 31 March 2019

1. Statement of accounting policies
General information
Norcros plc (the Company) is the ultimate holding company of the Norcros Group, which designs, manufactures and distributes a range 
of high quality and innovative bathroom and kitchen products mainly in the UK and South Africa. 

The Company is incorporated in the UK as a public company limited by shares and registered in England and Wales. The shares of the 
Company are listed on the London Stock Exchange market of listed securities. The address of its registered office is Ladyfield House, 
Station Road, Wilmslow SK9 1BU, UK.

Accounting reference date
UK company law permits a company to draw up financial statements to a date seven days either side of its accounting reference date. For 
operational reasons the Company adopts an accounting period of 52 weeks, and as a result of this, the exact year-end date was 31 March 2019 
in line with the Company’s accounting reference date. All references to the financial year therefore relate to the 52 weeks commencing on 
2 April 2018. In the previous year the accounting period was 52 weeks long, beginning on 3 April 2017 and ending on 1 April 2018. 

New standards and amendments to standards or interpretations
The new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations which are mandatory for the first time for the financial year beginning 
1 April 2018 are set out in the Group financial statements on pages 79 and 80. None of these standards and interpretations has had any 
material effect on the Company’s results or net assets.

The standards, amendments and interpretations which are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Company are set out in the 
Group financial statements on page 79 and 80. None of these standards or interpretations is expected to have a material impact on the Company.

Basis of preparation
Norcros plc is a qualifying entity able to apply FRS 101, ‘Reduced disclosure framework’. The separate financial statements of the Company 
have been prepared in accordance with FRS 101, on the going concern basis and under the historical convention modified for fair values, 
and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and with applicable accounting standards. 

These financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with the reduced disclosure framework for all 
periods presented. A separate profit and loss account dealing with the results of the Company has not been presented as permitted by 
Section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006.

The following exemptions from the requirements of IFRS have been applied in the preparation of these financial statements, 
in accordance with FRS 101:

•  the following paragraphs of IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’:

 — 10(d) (statement of cash flows);

 — 16 (statement of compliance with all IFRS);

 — 111 (cash flow statement information); and

 — 134–136 (capital management disclosures);

•  IFRS 7, ‘Financial instruments: disclosures’;

•  IAS 7, ‘Statement of cash flows’;

•  IAS 8, ‘Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and errors’ – impact of future accounting standards;

•  IAS 24 (paragraph 17), ‘Related party disclosures’ – key management compensation; and

•  IAS 24, ‘Related party disclosures’ – the requirement to disclose related party transactions between two or more members of a group.

As the Group financial statements include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has taken the exemptions available under FRS 101 
in respect of the following disclosures:

•  IFRS 2, ‘Share-based payments’, in respect of Group equity-settled share-based payments; and

•  certain disclosures required by IFRS 13, ‘Fair value measurement’, and disclosures required by IFRS 7, ‘Financial instrument: disclosures’.

Critical estimates and judgements
The Directors believe that there are no critical accounting estimates relating to these financial statements. 

A summary of the more important accounting policies, which have been applied consistently, is set out below.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost, less any provision for impairment. The Directors believe the carrying value of 
investments is supported by their underlying assets and cash flow projections derived from detailed budgets and forecasts. Dividends 
received from investments are included within turnover and recognised on receipt of the dividend.

Foreign currency transactions
Monetary assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies are translated into Sterling at rates applicable at the year end. Exchange 
gains and losses are dealt with in arriving at operating profit.

Taxation
Deferred taxation has been recognised as a liability or asset if transactions have occurred at the Balance Sheet date that give rise to an 
obligation to pay more taxation in the future or a right to pay less taxation in the future. An asset is recognised only when the transfer of 
economic benefits is more likely than not to occur.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc 107

Financial statementsNotes to the Parent Company accounts continued
Year ended 31 March 2019

1. Statement of accounting policies continued
Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the 
dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders or when paid if earlier.

Financial assets and liabilities
Borrowings – the Company measures all borrowings initially at fair value. This is taken to be the fair value of the consideration received. 
Transaction costs (any such costs that are incremental and directly attributable to the issue of the financial instrument) are included in the 
calculation of the effective interest rate and are, in effect, amortised through the Income Statement over the duration of the borrowing.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 
twelve months after the Balance Sheet date.

Share-based payments
The Company operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans. The fair value of the employee services received 
in exchange for the grant of options is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined 
by reference to the fair value of the options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions. Non-market vesting 
conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each Balance Sheet date, the Company 
revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, 
if any, in the Income Statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

2. Other information
Auditor’s remuneration of £3,000 (2018: £3,000) and staff costs relating to two employees (2018: two) are borne by the Company’s 
subsidiary, without recharge.

Further information about the Directors’ remuneration may be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration on pages 57 to 64. 

3. Investments

At 1 April 2018 and 31 March 2019

Shares in 
subsidiaries
£m

177.3

Details of the subsidiaries owned by the Company, held both directly and indirectly, are shown in note 11.

4. Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method. The movement on the deferred tax account is as 
shown below:

Deferred tax asset at the beginning and end of the year

The analysis of the deferred tax asset is as follows:

Other timing differences

To be recovered after more than twelve months
To be recovered within twelve months

The full potential asset for deferred tax is as follows:

Other timing differences
Tax losses

2019
£m

0.5

2019
£m

0.5

2019
£m

0.3
0.2

0.5

2019
£m

0.5
4.5

5.0

2018
£m

0.5

2018
£m

0.5

2018
£m

0.�
0.2

0.5

2018
£m

0.5
�.5

5.0

No deferred tax has been recognised in the financial statements in respect of the tax losses as the Company does not believe that 
utilisation of these losses is probable.

108

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statements 
 
5. Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Corporation tax recoverable through group relief 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

6. Trade and other payables

Accruals

7. Financial liabilities – borrowings

Loans and bank overdrafts
Costs of raising finance

Repayable after more than one year:
– between one and two years
– between two and five years
– costs of raising finance

2019
£m

22.6
0.5

23.1

2019
£m

0.8

0.8

2019
£m

59.0
(0.6)

58.4

—
59.0
(0.6)

58.4

2018
£m

�9.�
—

�9.�

2018
£m

0.8

0.8

2018
£m

65.0
(0.6)

6�.�

—
65.0
(0.6)

6�.�

The Group increased the amount of its committed banking facilities to £120m (plus a £30m accordion) at the time of the Merlyn 
acquisition in November 2017. The maturity date was originally November 2021 with an option to extend for a further year. The Group 
exercised this option in the year and has extended the maturity date of the facility to November 2022.

8. Called up share capital

Issued and fully paid
80,�68,�15 (2018: 80,181,�18) ordinary shares of 10p each

2019
£m

8.0

2018
£m

8.0

During the year, the Company issued 186,897 10p ordinary shares in order to satisfy vesting of options under the Company’s Approved 
Performance Share Plan, Deferred Bonus Plan and SAYE schemes. 

9. Dividends
A final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2018 of £4.1m (5.2p per 10p ordinary share) was paid on 2 August 2018 and 
an interim dividend of £2.3m (2.8p per 10p ordinary share) was paid on 11 January 2019. A final dividend in respect of the year ended 
31 March 2019 of £4.5m (5.6p per 10p ordinary share) is to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 23 July 2019. These financial 
statements do not reflect this final dividend.

10. Contingent liabilities
The Company is party to an omnibus set-off agreement between Lloyds Bank plc and the Group’s UK subsidiaries.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc 109

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company accounts continued
Year ended 31 March 2019

11. Subsidiaries
The subsidiaries included in the financial statements are disclosed below. All companies are 100% owned by the Group.

Held directly by Norcros plc

Company

Country of 
incorporation 
or registration

Registered address

Norcros Group (Holdings) Limited

England

Ladyfield House, Station Road, Wilmslow SK9 1BU, United Kingdom

Held indirectly by Norcros plc

Company

Abode Home Products Ltd
Bathshoponline Ltd
Carlton Holdings Ltd
Crittall Construction Ltd
Croydex Group Ltd
Croydex Ltd
Eurobath International Ltd
H & R Johnson (Overseas) Ltd
H & R Johnson Tiles Ltd
Lincolnshire Properties (Norfolk Street) Ltd
Merlyn Industries UK Ltd
Metlex Industries Ltd
Norcros (Trustees) Ltd
Norcros Adhesives Ltd
Norcros Developments Ltd
Norcros Estates Ltd
Norcros Group Trusteeships Ltd
Norcros Industry (International) Ltd
Norcros Securities Ltd
Norcros Services Ltd
Plumbex UK Ltd
Samuel Booth and Company Ltd
Stonechester (Stoke) Ltd
Taps Direct Ltd
Triton Industry Ltd
Triton plc
UBM Pension Trust Ltd
Vado UK Ltd
Cronors Insurance Ltd
Merlyn Industries Ltd
Christa 271 (Pty) Ltd
Tile Africa Windhoek Property (Pty) Ltd
Ceracon (Pty) Ltd
General Adhesives (Pty) Ltd
Johnson Tiles Pty Ltd
Lesatsi Trading (Pty) Ltd
Norcros SA (Pty) Ltd
TAL (Pty) Ltd
Talcor Properties (Pty) Ltd
Tile Adhesives (Pty) Ltd
Tile Africa Group (Pty) Ltd
Triton SA (Pty) Ltd
Norcros Middle East Building Materials 
Trading LLC

Country of 
incorporation 
or registration

England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
Guernsey
Ireland
Namibia
Namibia
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa
South Africa

UAE

110

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Registered address

Ladyfield House, Station Road, Wilmslow SK9 1BU, United Kingdom
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
Dorey Court, Admiral Park, St. Peter Port GY1 2HT, Guernsey
Merlyn House, Purcellsinch Industrial Estate, Dublin Road, Kilkenny, Ireland
�rd Floor, ��� Independence Avenue, Windhoek, Namibia
15 van Zyl Street, Suiderhof, Windhoek, Namibia
� Porcelain Road, Olifantsfontein 1665, South Africa
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
As above
Warehouse No. 5, St. No. �, Umm Ramool, Marrakesh Road, 
P.O. Box �9�9�7, Dubai, UAE

Financial statementsNotice of Annual General Meeting

Notice is given that the 2019 Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held at 11.00 am on 23 July 2019 at The Mere Golf Resort & Spa, 
Chester Road, Mere, Knutsford, Cheshire WA16 6LJ, for the purpose of considering and, if thought fit, passing the resolutions set out below. 
Resolutions 1 to 11 (inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and resolutions 12 to 15 (inclusive) will be proposed as special resolutions.

1.  To receive the audited accounts and the auditor’s and Directors’ reports for the year ended 31 March 2019.

2. 

 To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report (other than the part containing the Directors’ Remuneration Policy) for the year ended 
31 March 2019.

3.  To declare a final dividend of 5.6p per ordinary share for the year ended 31 March 2019.

4.  To elect Alison Littley as a Director.

5.  To re-elect Martin Towers as a Director.

6.  To re-elect David McKeith as a Director.

7.  To re-elect Nick Kelsall as a Director.

8.  To re-elect Shaun Smith as a Director.

9.  To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor.

10.  To authorise the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors to agree the remuneration of the auditor.

11. 

 That the Directors are generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the 
powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into such shares 
(Allotment Rights), but so that:

(a)   the maximum amount of shares that may be allotted or made the subject of Allotment Rights under this authority are shares with 

an aggregate nominal value of £5,358,007 of which:

(i)  one half may be allotted or made the subject of Allotment Rights in any circumstances; and

(ii) 

 the other half may be allotted or made the subject of Allotment Rights pursuant to any rights issue (as referred to in the Financial 
Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules) or pursuant to any arrangements made for the placing or underwriting or other allocation of 
any shares or other securities included in, but not taken up under, such rights issue;

(b)   this authority shall expire at the close of business on 30 September 2020 or, if earlier, on the conclusion of the Company’s next 

Annual General Meeting;

(c)   the Company may make any offer or agreement before such expiry which would or might require shares to be allotted or Allotment 

Rights to be granted after such expiry and the Directors may allot shares or grant Allotment Rights under any such offer or agreement 
as if the authority had not expired; and

(d)   all authorities vested in the Directors on the date of the notice of this Annual General Meeting to allot shares or to grant Allotment 

Rights that remain unexercised at the commencement of this meeting are revoked.

12.   That, subject to the passing of resolution 11 in the notice of this Annual General Meeting (the Notice), the Directors are empowered 

pursuant to Sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 560 of that Act) for cash, 
pursuant to the authority conferred on them by resolution 11 in the Notice or by way of a sale of treasury shares as if Section 561 of that 
Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power is limited to:

(a)   the allotment of equity securities in connection with any rights issue or open offer (each as referred to in the Financial Conduct 
Authority’s Listing Rules) or any other pre-emptive offer that is open for acceptance for a period determined by the Directors to 
the holders of ordinary shares on the register on any fixed record date in proportion to their holdings of ordinary shares (and, if 
applicable, to the holders of any other class of equity security in accordance with the rights attached to such class), subject in each 
case to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or appropriate in relation to fractions of such 
securities, the use of more than one currency for making payments in respect of such offer, any such shares or other securities being 
represented by depositary receipts, treasury shares, any legal or practical problems in relation to any territory or the requirements of 
any regulatory body or any stock exchange; and

(b)   the allotment of equity securities (other than pursuant to paragraph (a) above) with an aggregate nominal value of £401,850, 

 and shall expire on the revocation or expiry (unless renewed) of the authority conferred on the Directors by resolution 11 in the Notice, 
save that, before the expiry of this power, the Company may make any offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities 
to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities under any such offer or agreement as if the power had 
not expired.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc 111

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

13.   That, subject to the passing of resolution 11 in the notice of this Annual General Meeting (the Notice) and, in addition to the power 

contained in resolution 12 set out in the Notice, the Directors are empowered pursuant to Sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 
2006 to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 560 of that Act) for cash, pursuant to the authority conferred on them by resolution 
11 in the Notice or by way of sale of treasury shares as if Section 561 of that Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this 
power is:

(a)  limited to the allotment of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal value of £401,850; and

(b)   used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the power is to be exercised within six months after the date of the original 
transaction) a transaction which the Directors determine to be an acquisition or other capital investment of a kind contemplated by 
the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date 
of the Notice, 

 and shall expire on the revocation or expiry (unless renewed) of the authority conferred on the Directors by resolution 11 in the Notice 
save that, before the expiry of this power, the Company may make any offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities 
to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities under any such offer or agreement as if the power had 
not expired.

14.   That the Company is generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 to make market 

purchases (as defined in Section 693 of that Act) of ordinary shares in its capital provided that:

(a)  the maximum aggregate number of such shares that may be acquired under this authority is 8,037,011;

(b)  the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) that may be paid for such a share is its nominal value;

(c)   the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) that may be paid for such a share is the maximum price permitted under the Financial 

Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules or, in the case of a tender offer (as referred to in those Rules), 5% above the average of the middle 
market quotations for an ordinary share (as derived from the Daily Official List of London Stock Exchange plc) for the five business 
days immediately preceding the date on which the terms of the tender offer are announced;

(d)   this authority shall expire at the close of business on 30 September 2020 or, if earlier, on the conclusion of the Company’s next 

Annual General Meeting; and

(e)   before such expiry, the Company may enter into a contract to purchase shares that would or might require a purchase to be completed 

after such expiry and the Company may purchase shares pursuant to any such contract as if the authority had not expired.

15.  That any general meeting of the Company that is not an Annual General Meeting may be convened by not less than 14 clear days’ notice. 

By order of the Board

Richard H. Collins 
Company Secretary  
12 June 2019

Registered in England and Wales company number 3691883  

Registered office:
Ladyfield House
Station Road
Wilmslow
Cheshire SK9 1BU

112

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Notes
1. 

 A member who is entitled to attend and vote at the meeting is entitled to appoint another person, or two or more persons, in respect 
of different shares held by him, as his proxy to exercise all or any of his rights to attend and to speak and vote at the meeting.

2. 

3. 

 The right of a member of the Company to attend and vote at the meeting will be determined by reference to the register of members. 
A member must be registered on that register as the holder of ordinary shares by close of business on 19 July 2019 in order to be 
entitled to attend and vote at the meeting as a member in respect of those shares.

 A member wishing to attend and vote at the meeting in person should arrive prior to the time fixed for its commencement. 
A member that is a corporation can only attend and vote at the meeting in person through one or more representatives appointed 
in accordance with Section 323 of the Companies Act 2006. Any such representative should bring to the meeting written evidence 
of his appointment, such as a certified copy of a board resolution of, or a letter from, the corporation concerned confirming 
the appointment. 

4. 

 Any member wishing to vote at the meeting without attending in person or (in the case of a corporation) through its duly appointed 
representative must appoint a proxy to do so. Appointing a proxy will not prevent a member from attending and voting in person 
at the meeting should he so wish. A member can appoint a proxy by:

•    logging on to www.signalshares.com and submitting a proxy appointment online by following the instructions. A member who 
has not previously done so will first need to register to use this facility (using the Investor Code detailed on the member’s share 
certificate or otherwise available from the Company’s registrar, Link Asset Services); or

•    submitting (if the member is a CREST member) a proxy appointment electronically by using the CREST voting service 

(in accordance with the notes below).

 A member who would prefer a paper proxy form may request one from the Company’s registrar by calling the helpline number below. 
A paper proxy appointment form must be completed in accordance with the instructions that accompany it and must be delivered 
(together with any power of attorney or other authority under which it is signed, or a copy certified by a notary or in some other way 
approved by the Board) to Link Asset Services, PXS, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU.

 All proxy appointments must be received by no later than 11.00 am on 19 July 2019 to be valid. The Company’s registrar, Link Asset 
Services, can be contacted on its helpline number by calling 0871 664 0391 (calls cost 12p per minute plus the relevant phone 
company’s access charge). The number to call from outside the United Kingdom is +44 871 664 0391 and calls will be charged 
at the applicable international rate. Phone lines are open 9.00 am–5.30 pm (BST), Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in 
England and Wales.

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

 Any person to whom this Notice is sent who is currently nominated by a member of the Company to enjoy information rights under 
Section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 (a nominated person) may have a right under an agreement between him and that member 
to be appointed, or to have someone else appointed, as a proxy for the meeting. If a nominated person has no such right or does not 
wish to exercise it, he may have a right under such an agreement to give instructions to the member concerned as to the exercise 
of voting rights. The statement in note 1 above of the rights of a member in relation to the appointment of proxies does not apply 
to a nominated person. Such rights can only be exercised by the member concerned.

 Voting on all resolutions will be conducted by way of a poll, rather than a show of hands. This is a more transparent method of voting 
as members’ votes are counted according to the number of ordinary shares held. As soon as practicable following the meeting, the 
results of the voting at the meeting and the numbers of proxy votes cast for and against, together with the number of votes actively 
withheld in respect of, each of the resolutions will be announced via a Regulatory Information Service and will also be placed on the 
Company’s website: www.norcros.com.

 As at 12 June 2019 (being the latest practicable date prior to the printing of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019), (i) the Company’s 
issued share capital consisted of 80,370,115 ordinary shares carrying one vote each and (ii) the total voting rights in the Company 
were 80,370,115.

 Each member attending the meeting has the right to ask questions relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting which, 
in accordance with Section 319A of the Companies Act 2006, and subject to some exceptions, the Company must cause to be 
answered. Information relating to the meeting which the Company is required by the Companies Act 2006 to publish on a website 
in advance of the meeting may be viewed at www.norcros.com. A member may not use any electronic address provided by the 
Company in the Annual Report and Accounts 2019 or in any accompanying document or in any website for communicating with the 
Company for any purpose in relation to the meeting other than as expressly stated in it.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc 113

Financial statements 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

Notes continued
9. 

 It is possible that, pursuant to members’ requests made in accordance with Section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
will be required to publish on a website a statement in accordance with Section 528 of that Act setting out any matter that the 
members concerned propose to raise at the meeting relating to the audit of the Company’s latest audited accounts. The Company 
cannot require the member concerned to pay its expenses in complying with those sections. The Company must forward any such 
statement to its auditor by the time it makes the statement available on the website. The business that may be dealt with at the 
meeting includes any such statement.

10.   CREST members who wish to appoint one or more proxies through the CREST system may do so by using the procedures described 
in the CREST voting service section of the CREST Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those 
CREST members who have appointed one or more voting service providers, should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf. In order for a proxy appointment or a proxy instruction 
made using the CREST voting service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a CREST proxy appointment instruction) must be 
properly authenticated in accordance with the specifications of CREST’s operator, Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited (Euroclear) and must 
contain all the relevant information required by the CREST Manual. To be valid, the message (regardless of whether it constitutes the 
appointment of a proxy or is an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy) must be transmitted so as to be 
received by Link Asset Services (ID RA10), as the Company’s issuer’s agent, by 11.00 am on 19 July 2019. After this time, any change 
of instruction to a proxy appointed through the CREST system should be communicated to the appointee through other means. 
The time of the message’s receipt will be taken to be when (as determined by the timestamp applied by the CREST Applications Host) 
Link Asset Services is first able to retrieve it by enquiry through the CREST system in the prescribed manner. Euroclear does not make 
available special procedures in the CREST system for transmitting any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations 
apply in relation to the input of CREST proxy appointment instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned 
to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or a CREST sponsored member or has appointed any voting service 
provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as is necessary to ensure that a 
message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST 
sponsors or voting service provider(s) should take into account the provisions of the CREST Manual concerning timings as well as its 
section on “Practical limitations of the system”. In certain circumstances, the Company may, in accordance with the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001 or the CREST Manual, treat a CREST proxy appointment instruction as invalid.

11. 

 The Company takes all reasonable precautions to ensure that no viruses are present in any electronic communication which it sends 
but does not accept responsibility for any loss or damage arising from the opening or use of any email or attachment sent by the 
Company. The Company recommends that members subject all emails and attachments to virus checking procedures prior to 
opening or use. Any electronic communication received by the Company or Link Asset Services (including the lodgement of an 
electronic proxy appointment) which is found to contain any virus will not be accepted.

12.   Copies of Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment will be available for inspection at the registered office of the 

Company during normal business hours each business day and at the place of the Annual General Meeting for at least 15 minutes 
prior to and during the meeting.

13.   Information regarding this meeting, including information required by Section 311A of the Companies Act 2006, is available 

at www.norcros.com.

Fair processing notice
Norcros will only process your information for the purpose of managing AGM voting and analysis of voting patterns (not how individuals 
cast their votes). This data will only be retained for 14 months before being deleted. For more information on how we look after your 
personal data please see our privacy policy at www.norcros.com.

114

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statements 
Explanatory notes 

The Annual General Meeting of the Company will take place at 11.00 am on 23 July 2019 at The Mere Golf Resort & Spa, Chester Road, 
Mere, Knutsford, Cheshire WA16 6LJ. The notice convening that meeting, together with the resolutions to be proposed, appears on pages 
111 to 114. The Directors recommend all shareholders to vote in favour of all of the resolutions to be proposed, as the Directors intend to do 
so in respect of their own shares (save in respect of those matters in which they are interested), and consider that they are in the best 
interests of the Company and the shareholders as a whole.

Explanatory notes in relation to the resolutions appear below. For the purposes of these notes, reference to 12 June 2019 in relation to the 
Company’s issued share capital is a reference to the latest practicable date prior to the publication of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Resolution 1
Report and accounts
For each financial year, the Directors are required to present the audited accounts, the auditor’s report and the Directors’ Report to 
shareholders at a general meeting. In line with best practice, shareholders are invited to vote on the receipt of the annual report and 
accounts for the financial year ended 31 March 2019 (the Annual Report and Accounts 2019).

Resolution 2
Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, shareholders are invited to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the financial 
year ended 31 March 2019. The vote on this resolution is advisory only and the Directors’ entitlement to remuneration is not conditional 
on it being passed.

The Directors’ Remuneration Report is set out in full on pages 48 to 64 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019. For the purposes of this 
resolution, the Directors’ Remuneration Report does not include the Directors’ Remuneration Policy which is set out on pages 50 to 56.

The Companies Act 2006 requires the Directors’ Remuneration Policy to be put to shareholders for approval annually unless the approved 
policy remains unchanged, in which case it need only be put to shareholders for approval at least every three years. The Company is not 
proposing any changes to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy approved at the Annual General Meeting in 2017.

Resolution 3
Dividend
The payment of the final dividend requires the approval of shareholders in general meeting. If the meeting approves resolution 3, the final 
dividend of 5.6p per ordinary share will be paid on 2 August 2019 to ordinary shareholders who are on the register of members at the 
close of business on 21 June 2019.

Resolutions 4 to 8
Election and re-election of Directors
Resolutions 4 to 8 relate to the retirement and election or re-election of the Company’s Directors. The Company’s Articles of Association 
require a Director who has been appointed by the Board of Directors to retire at the Annual General Meeting next following his or her 
appointment. Alison Littley was appointed as a Director with effect from 1 May 2019. Consequently, she will retire from office at the Annual 
General Meeting and intends to stand for election by the shareholders for the first time.

The Company’s Articles of Association also require certain Directors to retire from office at intervals, and that at each Annual General 
Meeting one third of eligible Directors must retire from office by rotation. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Articles of Association, 
the Board has determined that each of the remaining Directors shall also retire from office at the 2019 Annual General Meeting in line with 
best practice recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code. Each of the Directors intends to stand for re-election by the 
shareholders, with the exception of Jo Hallas, who will step down from the Board at the conclusion of the meeting.

The Board confirms that, following formal performance evaluation of all of the Directors (other than Alison Littley), each of the Directors 
standing for election or re-election continues to be an effective member of the Board, to make a positive contribution and to demonstrate 
commitment to his or her role. The Board believes that the considerable and wide-ranging experience of the Directors will continue to be 
invaluable to the Company. Brief biographical details of all of the Directors standing for election or re-election can be found on pages 36 
and 37 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2019.

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc 115

Financial statementsExplanatory notes continued

Resolutions 9 and 10
Re-appointment and remuneration of auditor
The Company is required to appoint an auditor at each general meeting before which accounts are laid, to hold office until the end 
of the next such meeting. The Audit and Risk Committee has reviewed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s performance as auditor of the 
Company during the year and has recommended to the Board that it be re-appointed. The Audit and Risk Committee has also confirmed 
to the Board that its recommendation is free from third-party influence and that no restrictive contractual provisions have been imposed 
on the Company limiting its choice of auditor. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has indicated that it is willing to continue as the Company’s 
auditor for another year. Accordingly, the Directors propose the re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Resolution 10 follows 
best practice in giving authority to the Audit and Risk Committee to determine the remuneration of the Company’s auditor.

Resolution 11
Authority to allot shares
Most listed companies renew their directors’ authority to issue shares at each annual general meeting. Such an authority was granted by 
the Company’s shareholders last year and is due to expire at the conclusion of the 2019 Annual General Meeting. In accordance with best 
practice, this resolution seeks to renew the Directors’ authority to allot shares.

Resolution 11, if passed, will renew the Directors’ authority to allot shares in the capital of the Company up to a maximum aggregate 
nominal value of £5,358,007. This represents approximately two thirds of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 12 June 2019 
and is within the limits prescribed by The Investment Association. Of this amount, ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal value of 
£2,679,003 (which represents approximately one third of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 12 June 2019) can only be 
allotted pursuant to a rights issue.

As at 12 June 2019, the Company did not hold any shares in the Company in treasury. The renewed authority will, if passed, remain in force 
until the close of business on 30 September 2020 or, if earlier, the conclusion of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting.

The Directors have no present intention of exercising this authority. The purpose of giving the Directors this authority is to maintain 
the Company’s flexibility to take advantage of any appropriate opportunities that may arise.

Resolutions 12 and 13
Disapplication of pre-emption rights 
The Directors are currently empowered, subject to certain limitations, to issue shares for cash without first offering them to existing 
shareholders in proportion to their existing shareholdings. That power will expire at the conclusion of the 2019 Annual General Meeting 
and, in accordance with best practice, resolutions 12 and 13 (which will be proposed as special resolutions) seek to renew the Directors’ 
power to disapply pre-emption rights as referenced below and in line with the Statement of Principles published by the Pre-Emption 
Group in March 2015.

Other than in connection with a rights issue or other similar issue, the power contained in resolution 12 will be limited to ordinary shares 
up to a maximum aggregate nominal value of £401,850. This amount equates to approximately 5% of the issued ordinary share capital 
of the Company as at 12 June 2019. 

In line with the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles, the Directors are also seeking (at resolution 13) a power to issue up 
to an additional 5% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital for cash without pre-emption rights applying. In accordance with 
those Principles, the Company will only allot shares up to a maximum aggregate nominal value of £401,850 (representing 5% of the 
issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 12 June 2019) on a non-pre-emptive basis under this power where that allotment is in 
connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment (within the meaning given in the Statement of Principles) which is announced 
contemporaneously with the allotment, or which has taken place in the preceding six-month period and is disclosed in the announcement 
of the allotment.

This renewed authority will, if passed, remain in force until the close of business on 30 September 2020 or, if earlier, the conclusion of the 
Company’s next Annual General Meeting.

In accordance with the Statement of Principles (which is supported by The Investment Association and the Pensions and Lifetime Savings 
Association), the Board confirms its intention that no more than 7.5% of the Company’s issued share capital will be issued for cash on a 
non-pre-emptive basis during any rolling three-year period, without prior consultation with shareholders. This limit excludes any ordinary 
shares issued pursuant to a general disapplication of pre-emption rights in connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment.

116

Norcros plc Annual report and accounts 2019

Financial statementsResolution 14
Authority to purchase own shares
This resolution, which will be proposed as a special resolution, is to give the Company the flexibility to buy back its own ordinary shares 
in the market as permitted by the Companies Act 2006. The authority limits the number of shares that could be purchased to an 
aggregate maximum of 8,037,011 ordinary shares which represent approximately 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 
12 June 2019 and sets minimum and maximum prices. The renewed authority will, if passed, remain in force until the close of business on 
30 September 2020 or, if earlier, the conclusion of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting.

The Directors have no present intention of exercising the authority to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares, but will keep the matter 
under review, taking into account other investment opportunities. The authority will be exercised only if the Directors believe that to do 
so would result in an increase in earnings per share and would promote the success of the Company and be in the best interests of its 
shareholders generally. To the extent that any shares so purchased are held in treasury (see below), earnings per share will be enhanced 
until such time, if any, as such shares are resold or transferred out of treasury.

Any purchases of ordinary shares would be by means of market purchases through the London Stock Exchange. If any shares are 
purchased, they will be either cancelled or held in treasury. Any such decision will be made by the Directors at the time of purchase on 
the basis of the shareholders’ best interests. Shares held in treasury can be cancelled, sold for cash or, in appropriate circumstances, used 
to meet obligations under employee share schemes. Any shares held in treasury would not be eligible to vote nor would any dividend be 
paid on any such shares. If any ordinary shares purchased pursuant to this authority are not held by the Company as treasury shares, then 
such shares would be immediately cancelled, in which event the number of ordinary shares in issue would be reduced.

The Directors believe that it is desirable for the Company to have this choice. Holding the repurchased shares as treasury shares gives the 
Company the ability to re-issue them quickly and cost effectively and provides the Company with additional flexibility in the management 
of its capital base.

As at 12 June 2019, there were options over approximately 3.9 million ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, which represent 
approximately 4.9% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital. If the authority to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares was 
exercised in full, these options would represent approximately 5.4% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital. As at 12 June 2019, 
the Company did not hold any shares in treasury.

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Resolution 15
Notice of general meetings
This special resolution is required to preserve the ability of the Company to convene general meetings (other than Annual General Meetings) 
on not less than 14 clear days’ notice, rather than on not less than the 21 days’ notice which would otherwise be required. In order to do so, 
the Company’s shareholders must approve the calling of such meetings on shorter notice. Resolution 15 seeks such approval.

The shorter notice period would not be used as a matter of routine for general meetings, but only where the flexibility is merited by the 
business of the meeting and is thought to be to the advantage of the shareholders as a whole.

The approval will be effective until the Company’s next Annual General Meeting, when it is intended that a similar resolution will be proposed. 

Annual report and accounts 2019 Norcros plc

117

 
Norcros plc
Ladyfield House
Station Road
Wilmslow
Cheshire SK9 1BU

www.norcros.com

Pictured
Johnson Tiles: newly launched 
Multi-Décor wall and floor tiles in 
black, white and grey to co-ordinate 
with Prismatics range

Merlyn: Arysto Eight Sliding Door 
shower enclosure

Vado: Geometric square shower head 
with Nebula slide rail, accompanied 
by Notion tablet valve and Instinct 
Wall Outlet

Adhesives: White grout

Vado: Phase Mono Basin Mixer 
and Sharma Double Towel Rail

N

o

r

c

r

o

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

9